Is there any interest recorded from the public or are there any other aspects that require notification to authorities?
DATE: 25/03/2025
1. Environmental Policy and Objectives
It is the policy of Core Project Group to reduce the impact of its operations on the environment and to meet the needs of its customers in an environmentally sound and sustainable manner. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is used as a tool to ensure that effective measures are in place to avoid pollution and to undertake actions that provide positive environmental outcomes for each individual project. This document may develop continuously over the duration of the project. It is CPG’s objective to ensure compliance with the requirements of all relevant environmental legislation, codes and standards and the conditions of any applicable licence, approval and permit.
1.1 Conditions of Consent
In accordance with the State Significant Development Matrix (SSD-13895306) the Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus Construction Environmental Management Plan must include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Details of:
i. Hours of Work (see ‘6.1 Hours of Work’)
ii. 24-hour contact details of Site Manager (see ‘7. 24 Hour Site Contact Details’)
iii. Management of dust and odour control to protect the amenity of the neighbourhood (see ‘8.2 Air and emissions’, ‘9. Environmental Management Measures, Inspection and Monitoring’, and ‘Appendix C: Construction Soil and Water Management Plan – Section 2.5 Dust Management’)
iv. Stormwater control and discharge; groundwater management plan including measures to prevent groundwater contamination (see ‘Appendix C: Construction Soil and Water Management Plan –Section 2.2 Groundwater Management and Removal of Ponded Water’)
v. External lighting in compliance with AS 4282-2019 Control of the obtrusive effects of outdoor lighting (see Appendix D: Design Certificate External Lighting’)
vi. Community consultation and complaints handling as set out in the Community Communication Strategy required by Condition E11 (see ‘Appendix A: Community Communication Strategy’)
vii. Detail the quantities of each waste type generate during construction and the proposed reuse, recycling and disposal locations (see ‘8.10 Waste Management’ and ‘8.10.1 Waste Disposal Location/s’)
(b) Construction Traffic and Pedestrian Management Sub-Plan (see ‘Appendix G: Construction Traffic Management Plan’)
i. Be Prepared by a suitable qualified and experienced person/s;
ii. Be prepared in consultation with Council and TfNSW;
iii. Detail the measures that are to be implemented to ensure road safety and network efficiency during construction in consideration of potential impacts on general traffic, cyclists, and pedestrians and bus services; and
iv. Detail heavy vehicle routes, access and parking arrangements.
(c) Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub-Plan (see ‘Appendix K: Newcastle Grammar School Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan’)
i. Be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced acoustic consultant;
ii. Describes the measures to be implemented to manage high noise generating works such as piling, in close proximity to sensitive receivers;
iii. Include strategies that have been developed with the community for managing high noise generating works;
iv. Describe the community consultation undertaken to develop the strategies in condition (iii) above; Include a complaints management system that would be implemented for the duration of the construction; and
v. Include a program to monitor and report on the impacts and environmental performance of the development and the effectiveness of the management measures in accordance with condition E155.
(d) Construction Soil and Water Management Sub-Plan (see Appendix C: Construction Soil and Water Management Plan)
i. Be prepared by a suitably qualified expert, in consultation with Council;
ii. Describe all erosion and sediment controls to be implemented during construction, as a minimum, in accordance with the publication Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils & Construction (4th edition, Landcom 2004) commonly referred to as the ‘Blue Book’;
iii. Include an Acid Sulfate Soils Management Plan, including measures for the management, handling, treatment and disposal of acid sulfate soils, including monitoring of water quality at acid sulfate soils treatment areas;
iv. Provide a plan of how all construction works will be managed in a wet-weather events (i.e. storage of equipment, stabilisation of the Site);
v. Detail any off-Site flows from the site;
vi. Detail any requirements for offsite disposal of soil and the importation of fill.
vii. Measures to minimise any groundwater ingress;
viii. Details any required dewatering of the Site; and
ix. Describe the measures that must be implemented to manage stormwater and flood flows for small and large sized events, including, but not limited to 1 in 5-year ARI and 1 in 100-year ARI.
(e) Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan (see Appendix J: Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan)
i. Be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced expert in consultation with the Registered Aboriginal Parties;
ii. Be submitted to the satisfaction of the Planning Secretary prior to construction of any part of the development;
iii. Details of an archaeological test and salvage excavation program to occur post-project approval but implemented before natural soil layers are disturbed;
iv. Protocols for unexpected finds and human remains;
v. On-site induction and interpretation as described in recommendation 2 of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report prepared by Heritage Now dated 6 October 22021; and
vi. Management of archaeological resources.
(f) Construction Flood Emergency Management Sub-Plan (see Appendix L: Construction Flood Emergency Management Plan)
i. Be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced person(s);
ii. Address the provisions of the Floodplain Risk Management Guidelines (EHG);
iii. Include details of:
1. The flood emergency responses the construction phases of the development;
2. Predicted flood levels;
3. Flood warning time and flood notification;
4. Assembly points and evacuation routes;
5. Evacuation and refuge protocols; and
6. Awareness training for employees and contractors, and students.
(g) An unexpected finds protocol for contamination and associated communications procedure (see Section 14: Unexpected Finds Protocol)
(h) Arborist Report (see Appendix M: Project Arborist Report)
2. Responsibilities
Position Responsibilities
§ Overarching responsibility for environmental management and overseeing operations
Director
Project Manager
Site Manager/Supervisor
§ Assignment of responsibility for planning, approving, implementing, maintaining, assessing and monitoring of environmental controls
§ Provide resources for implementation of EMP
§ Development and implementation of site specific environmental management, ensuring compliance with Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) legislation, regulations, standards and codes for individual projects
§ Determining procedures for managing environmentally sensitive areas
§ Assessment and monitoring of subcontractors and suppliers for EMP compliance capability
§ Communication of environmental management systems, controls and requirements to all staff and contractors and providing training where necessary
§ Liaise with Government Departments and environmental stakeholders as appropriate
§ Ensuring environmental emergency procedures are incorporated into the Project Risk Assessment
§ Managing complaints, incidents and non-conformances as required
§ Monitoring and reviewing environmental systems and activities for efficiency and effectiveness
§ Ensuring compliance with EPA legislation, regulations, standards and codes at a site based level
§ On-site communication of environmental management systems, controls and requirements
§ Assessment and monitoring of subcontractors and suppliers for EMP compliance
§ Managing environmental non-conformances, incidents and accidents
§ Incident investigation where required
§ Management of hazardous substances
§ Monitor and review environmental performance through HSE Weekly Safety Walks, monthly Project Risk Assessment Review, SWMS checklists and permit reviews
§ Monitoring and reviewing environmental systems and activities for efficiency and effectiveness
§ Responsible for complying with and participating in the active management of the Site Specific Project Environmental Management Plan
All Workers
§ Including environmental risk assessment, potential impacts and appropriate controls in the preparation of task specific Safe Work Method Statements
3. Core Project Group Risk Management System
Core Project Group has a systematic risk management program incorporating environmental aspects into various operational hazard and risk identification strategies throughout the duration of the project including:
§ Tendering and Estimating preparation
§ Safety in Design Review
§ Development of PIMP and site-specific procedures, forms and checklists
§ Project Risk Assessments
§ Safety Inspections and Assessments
§ Post construction checks
All risk will be assessed in accordance with CPG’s Risk Management Procedure (PROC0090) using the Hierarchy of Controls.
4. Scope of works
4.1 Scope of Works
This Environmental Management Plan will apply to all construction activities relating to the project, including:
a) Site establishment
b) Earthworks and site remediation
c) Mines grouting
d) Archaeological (Heritage) investigation
e) Installation of scaffolding and hoarding
f) Construct new school buildings and learning spaces
g) Install services and internal finishes
h) Finalise external and internal works and landscape
4.2 Indicative plant and equipment
a) Excavators
b) Rollers
c) Mines drilling plant
d) Mines grouting plant
e) Mobile cranes
f) Screw Piling machines
g) Trucks
h) Concrete pumps
i) Concrete trucks
j) Scissor lift
k) Knuckle boom
The above list is indicative only. All plant and equipment required to complete the Project works will be used.
5. Timing of activities
5.1 The Construction Environmental Management Plan for the Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus Development will cover more than one phase (for example demolition and construction). As such, the sequencing of these activities is generally detailed below.
Portion 2
Formwork, Reinforcement and Pour Concrete Pile Caps 02/02/2024 22/02/2024
Formwork, Reinforcement and Pour Ground Level Concrete Slab 16/02/2024 12/03/2024
Formwork, Reinforcement and Pour Level
1 Concrete Walls, Columns and Slab 13/03/2023 02/05/2025
Formwork, Reinforcement and Pour Level 2 Concrete Walls, Columns and Slab 21/05/2024 18/06/2024
Formwork, Reinforcement and Pour Level 3 Concrete Walls, Columns and Slab 04/07/2024 30/07/2024
Roof Structure 27/08/2024 10/10/2024
Internal Fit out Works 11/10/2024 06/01/2025 Landscaping 05/11/2024 16/01/2025
Block B Install 2-Stop Lift 08/12/2023 14/01/2025
Block C & D Demolition of Blocks C & D 11/12/2024 20/12/2024 Hard and Soft Landscaping 23/12/2024 11/02/2025
Block A & B Fit out works 11/12/2024 11/02/2025
External Multisport Court 27/06/2025 22/07/2025
Operation Union Street Building,
Operation as Primary School 24/01/2025 Indefinitely
Block A and Block B Operation as Primary School 24/01/2025 Indefinitely
6. Construction Noise Criteria
6.1 Hours of work
Construction activities will be carried out in accordance with the following approved work hours in accordance with SSDA consent conditions
a) between 7am and 6pm, Mondays to Fridays inclusive, and
b) between 8am and 1pm, Saturdays
c) work may not be carried out on Sundays or public holidays
Construction activities may be undertaken outside of the hours above if required:
d) by the Police or a public authority for the delivery of vehicles, plant, or materials; or e) in an emergency to avoid the loss of life, damage to property or to prevent environmental harm; or f) for the delivery, set-up, and removal of construction cranes, where notice of the crane-related works is provided to the Planning Secretary and affected residents at least 5 days prior, where practicable; or g) where a variation is approved in advance in writing by the Planning Secretary or his nominee if appropriate justification is provided for the works.
Notification of such construction activities must be given to affected residents before undertaking the activities or as soon as practical afterwards.
7. 24 Hour Site Contact Details
Andrew Brinkworth
Smith
8. Environmental Aspects
8.1 Stormwater, Sediment and Erosion Control
All activities where land is cleared, excavated or disturbed must have an implemented and maintained sediment and erosion control device to prevent topsoil loss and degradation of land. Controls must also be in place to prevent soil, silt or sediment from leaving the site. Care should be taken to minimise the amount of earth exposed at any one time to reduce the potential for rapid degradation of land or water quality and consideration should be given to suspending earthworks during inclement or extreme weather conditions Exposed earthworks should be stabilised as quickly as possible and as much soil as possible re-used on site
When assessing the project site give consideration to:
§ The slope, soil type, local weather and proximity to sensitive locations, noting that any proposed control must be designed and maintained to prevent uncontrolled discharge.
§ Potential water pollution; adequate controls must be employed to prevent any pollutant from entering adjacent drainage areas, watercourses and stormwater systems.
§ Is water quality testing or individual discharge records required for controlled discharge of sediment impacted wastewater (excluding sewage) from site? Any discharge must be in accordance with planning and license conditions and all records must be retained for audit purposes.
§ Are any existing stormwater drains, pollutant traps, and onsite detention ponds appropriately designed, cleaned and maintained?
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Has a site-specific Erosion and Sediment Control Plan been provided by the Civil Engineer or other consultant?
- Northrop Construction Soil and Water Management Plan: NL 221250
o Refer to Procore ‘Current Specifications’ for latest revision.
Has the local authority signed off on the site-specific Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
o Refer to Procore ‘Current Drawings’ for latest revision.
§ City of Newcastle Council – Consultation Complete
Controls
Install permanent drainage structures and sediment controls prior to commencing earthworks
Install temporary contour and diversion drains for runoff and stormwater
Truck wash facilities or grid to remove mud from haulage equipment prior to entering public roads
Establish temporary site access road and apply Primer Seal
Designated bunded areas for cleaning concrete mixing plant
Spill control equipment installed whenever oil or fuel is present
Designated area for refuelling of plant and equipment away from watercourses and drainage areas
Treatment points for sediment laden run-off from unsealed surfaces and hardstand areas
Soil management area for redistribution of contaminant free soil as required for landscaping, stabilising etc.
Stockpiles for sand, gravel, silt and other materials on level ground not close to watercourses or drainage areas
Other Controls:
8.2 Air and Noise Emissions
All activities involving excavation or disturbance of soils or vegetation must have physical controls implemented to prevent and/or minimise the generation of dust and reduce or eliminate dust and other substances being introduced into the atmosphere.
Noise and vibration must be assessed for potentially adverse impacts on neighbours, occupants, visitors and surrounding activities. Where any local planning or regulatory authority noise or vibration levels are, or are likely to be exceeded, noise mitigation measures must be put in place.
Stockpiles should be redistributed, re-used or disposed of as soon as practicable. Controls must be reviewed upon receipt of a noise complaint.
Noise and Vibration Assessment
Has a site-specific Noise and Vibration Assessment been provided by a relevant consultant?
- RCA Australia: Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan: RCA Ref. 17035.401.1.
Rev no. 1
o Refer to Procore ‘Current Specifications’ for latest revision.
Biodegradable geo-textile stockpile covers or water spraying to supress dust and odour/s (where applicable)
Schedule noise works to occur within timeframes specified in the Development Application
- Monday to Friday: 7:00am – 6:00pm
- Saturday 8:00am – 1:00pm
Checks in place to ensure all plant and equipment is serviced regularly in accordance with manufacturer guidelines to ensure any noise, exhaust or other emissions generated are within the specified plant and equipment standards.
Is there a risk of noise impact to neighbours? Develop a schedule for high noise activities to be communicated to contractors and notify residents.
Are higher impacting activities located as far away from neighbours as possible?
Are all identified noise monitoring points marked up on site plans.
Plant, machinery, and equipment orientated away from noise sensitive areas
Consider period of respite during extended periods of exposure
Avoid the coincidence of noisy plant working simultaneously close together and adjacent to sensitive receivers.
Other Controls (where applicable):
8.3 Soils and Groundwater Contamination
Any soil or groundwater on site which is known to be contaminated and which poses a risk to health, safety or the environment must be identified with appropriate signage and segregated from site activities by the erection of physical barriers to prevent unauthorised entry, exposure and/or cross contamination. Where contamination levels are unknown, or there is evidence of possible contamination, site activities involving soil or groundwater disturbance must cease until competent persons are able to make a determination of the risk.
All excavation, movement, treatment, processing or remediation of contaminated soils or groundwater must be planned and conducted in accordance with the requirements of high risk activities with all site remediation activities
being conducted in accordance with regulatory requirements including provision for any decontamination and wash/disposal facilities.
Any area where remediation work has been undertaken must be clearly identified with appropriate signage and secured to prevent contamination from ongoing remediation works and must have a competent person confirm that remediation is complete.
8.4 Biodiversity and Natural Habitats
Areas designated by regulatory authorities as protected habitats, including water bodies and wildlife corridors within the area of any operations, must be identified with appropriate signage and protected from operational activity as well as uncontrolled pedestrian access.
All operations within or immediately adjacent to areas of protected habitat must be planned and conducted in accordance with the requirements for high risk activities and include a risk assessment and description of any actions required to protect flora and fauna consistent with the findings of any ecological site assessment and/or regulatory requirements.
Site grounds and landscaping must be appropriately designed and maintained to prevent uncontrolled discharges and/or land degradation including avoiding the spread of weeds or invasive species. Where invasive species exist, physical removal is preferred to the use of (non-toxic) herbicides.
Domestic animals are prohibited on site and vehicles are to stay on existing or constructed roads and tracks.
8.5 Heritage and Artefacts
All works related to 'Heritage and Artifacts', including those at the redevelopment of Newcastle Grammar School, Newcastle, NSW, should be carried out in strict accordance with both the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan: HN000236-C and the broader regulatory requirements concerning heritage, cultural, and archaeological significance. This comprehensive approach encompasses the identification and protection of all items of heritage and archaeological importance, marked with appropriate signage and protected as per the regulatory norms.
Excavations, intrusive works, or other operations with the potential to impact areas of known heritage value must adhere to the heritage assessment, which may include a dilapidation survey, supervision by competent persons, and monitoring. Such areas should be clearly signposted and segregated by erecting physical barriers to prevent unauthorised access. All activities potentially impacting known areas must be meticulously planned and executed in accordance with the high-risk activity requirements outlined in relevant legislation, including the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974.
The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan specifically mandates the implementation of archaeological management, protocols for managing unexpected finds and human remains, and the Designing with Country process. Furthermore, it delineates the roles and responsibilities of the Project Manager, Archaeologist, and Registered Aboriginal Parties, underscoring the necessity for all project personnel to be fully informed of their obligations under the relevant legislation and regulations. This plan, prepared by Heritage Now Pty Ltd, serves as a guiding framework to ensure that any discovery of items potentially bearing cultural or archaeological significance is immediately ceased, and competent persons are consulted to ascertain the status of any potential artefacts.
8.6 Hazardous Materials
In the event that high risk substances, such as asbestos, lead or chemicals specified in Schedule 14 of WHS regulations, are identified on site, a specialist will be consulted to assist with the management and disposal of the substance in accordance with CPG’s Hazardous Chemicals Management Procedure (PROC0070) and the demolition and handling of hazardous building materials must be conducted in accordance with Demolition Procedure (PROC0170). Such materials must be clearly labelled and documented on the appropriate register.
Dangerous goods such as fuels, oils, chemicals, solvents, pesticides and fertilisers will be stored in accordance with the SDS in a secured, well ventilated, purpose built structure. The storage area must have bunding, isolated drainage and appropriate signage installed. The storage area should be positioned away from high traffic areas, pedestrian zones and environmentally sensitive areas such as waterways or natural habitats. Spill kits and firefighting equipment must be provided and accessible at all times.
The handling and removal of any hazardous building materials from isolated storage areas must be conducted using secured entry and egress points and directing all persons entering these areas through appropriate decontamination units. Other site operations must either cease or be suitably located at distance from the hazardous materials removal works to not pose a potential risk to human health or the environment.
Any existing redundant underground storage tanks and above ground storage tanks must be decommissioned and removed by an appropriately licensed contractor in accordance with regulatory requirements.
8.7 Fire Control
Onsite operations must comply with the Rural Fires Act (NSW) and fire extinguishing equipment and personnel will be provided in accordance with Emergency Response Planning & Preparation Procedure (PROC0130) Burning of any materials on site is not permitted.
8.8 Plant & Equipment
All plant and equipment operators are to receive clear instructions on the environmental controls in place and in the use of all designated areas of operation on site. The following conditions of operation also apply:
§ Vehicles hauling material over public roads must be fitted with tight tailgates, dust covers and be free of soil.
§ Daily pre-start checks must be completed to ensure all plant and equipment is in good working order and not leaking fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid and exhaust systems are working efficiently
§ Machinery and equipment are not be left idling for excessive periods
§ All machinery must be secured against vandalism outside working hours to prevent environmental accident.
§ Any servicing of plant and equipment should occur off-site where possible. Any minor maintenance of plant or equipment on-site must be performed within an appropriate servicing area supported by immediately accessible spill controls and waste storage. Maintenance records must be readily available for inspection.
8.9 Product Selection and Site Consumption
Core Project Group uses, as a minimum, the following planning considerations to reduce its onsite environmental impact:
§ The onsite use of non-toxic or products with low environmental impact is preferred and encouraged.
§ Products and materials containing recycled content or packaging should be used in preference to non-recycled materials.
§ Manufactured products such as paints, carpets, furnishings, sealants and adhesives used within internal spaces or buildings should preferably be low emittance / non Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs).
§ Refrigeration and cooling equipment should not contain or use Chloro-fluoro carbon (CFC) gases.
§ Water efficient appliances, taps, showers and dual flush toilets must be fitted and used for all new builds and refurbishments.
§ All hoses should be fitted with a device to prevent uncontrolled water flow.
§ Uncontaminated stormwater and rainwater to be appropriately re-used onsite for dust suppression etc. where possible.
§ Office equipment, kitchen appliances and portable heating and cooling units procured must be energy efficient and display energy efficiency labels.
§ Energy efficient lighting should be used where practicable.
§ Electrical equipment, computers and printers should be automated to shutdown overnight
§ All temporary building should be appropriately insulated and positioned in a manner to reduce the need for additional heating or cooling.
8.10 Waste Management
A Site-specific Waste Management Plan (WMP) may be needed to address the disposal of waste and excess building materials. This will be updated during the project and be made available onsite during construction.
A suitably licensed waste contractor must be used for the collection and transport of all non-domestic, retail and commercial wastes for either offsite processing and/or disposal to an appropriately licensed facility. Receipts for waste transfer and disposal must be checked to ensure all details are correct and retained for audit purposes.
Segregation of recyclable and non-recyclable waste should be carried out onsite where possible. Recycle bins are provided and their adequacy and appropriate use is monitored during the HSE Weekly Safety Walk which is recorded through Procore. Recyclable solid wastes such as paper, cardboard, plastic, glass, timber, metals, fluorescent lighting, printer cartridges and ICT equipment must be recycled using the approved waste contractor and the volumes reported Recycled volumes are then recorded and monitored using the Monthly Statistics Report (ADM0210).
Wherever possible, packaging should be avoided or minimised to prevent waste products being unnecessarily brought onto an operation.
Excavated natural, non-contaminated soil, aggregate or rock should be separately stockpiled and re-used on site where possible. Landfill disposal of clean excavated natural materials should be avoided.
All solid waste and liquid wastes (including water entering excavations) generated onsite must be stored to prevent unauthorised access and uncontrolled release. All wastes removed and disposed from these structures must be done so via a suitably licensed contractor. Waste disposal receipts must be retained for reporting and audit purposes.
8.10.1 Waste Disposal Location/s
During the construction phase, waste management on-site will be efficiently handled through two primary methods:
- Use of Skip Bins: Central Waste Station will provide skip bins for the duration of the Newcastle Grammar School Project. These bins are essential for waste management, allowing for the segregation and temporary storage of waste materials on-site. This step is crucial for organising different types of waste before they are transported off-site to 8 Styles St, Kurri Kurri NSW 2327, ensuring that they are directed to the appropriate facilities, whether for recycling or disposal.
- Direct Waste Transportation: In managing waste on-site during the construction phase, alongside the utilisation of skip bins, Core Project Group will undertake a crucial role. Specifically, they will be responsible for directly transporting waste to Benedict's Recycling, located at 1A McIntosh Dr, Mayfield West NSW 2304, whenever necessary. This responsibility involves handling waste that is either not suitable for the skip bins or requires immediate attention, ensuring efficient and appropriate disposal in line with the project's waste management strategies.
By implementing these two methods, the project ensures that all waste generated during construction is managed effectively. The approach adheres to the waste management procedures outlined in the plan developed by SLR Consulting Australia Pty Ltd, and it aligns with the overarching sustainability goals of the project. This dual-method strategy allows for greater flexibility and efficiency in waste management, ensuring that all materials are handled responsibly and in accordance with environmental best practices.
9. Environmental Management Measures, Inspections and Monitoring
The following table outline the environmental management measures, inspection and monitoring process that will be followed as part of Core Project Groups existing Environmental Management System.
1 Dust Generation (General)
1 Dust Generation (Demolition)
1 Dust Generation (Construction)
• Install shade cloth on perimeter fencing
• Limit vehicles speed on site to 20km/hr
• Vehicle corridors will be clearly identified and restricted to control vehicle access onsite.
• Reduce worker activities on site during periods of high wind
• Turn off vehicle engines (idling), where practicable
• Demolition methodology to be approved prior to commencement
• Demolition to be undertaken in accordance with Safe Work Method Statements (SWMS), AS2601-2001 and relevant Codes of Practice
• Plant and equipment to be fitted, or accompanied by, dust filtration equipment or water sprays to control dust emissions
• Conduct site assessment with Geo-technical consultant
• Determine if excavation and rock breaking work will disturb materials such as sandstone, shale, etc which contain silica
• Barricade and sign post exclusion zone around area where silica dust is being generated
• Minimise areas of site disturbed, and stage works where possible
• Inform all workers of hazard during induction and prohibited entry to area
• Keep area wet or covered where possible
• Workers in area must wear P2. Dust masks and workers with beads should be excluded from the area
• Use HEPA filters for cutting, drilling grinding concrete and clay products (Check SDS)
• Consider dust and air monitoring by hygienist if required
• Ensure work is conducted in accordance with Safe Work NSW Crystalline Silica Technical Fact Sheet.
2 Odour
3 Stormwater
3 Adjoining waterways
4 Sewer
5 Land (Acid Sulphate soils, contaminated soils)
• If odorous materials are uncovered, recover immediately
• Seek advice from consultant regarding soil/materials management As required
• Temporary drainage systems will be established to divert ‘clean’ water around the Project as appropriate
• Establish silt fencing around the project’s perimeter
• Concrete washout tray, or the like, to be plastic lined
o Controls in accordance with Northrop Construction Soil and Water Management Plan: NL221250 – Latest revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore During discharge As required
• Maintain and/or replace systems as required
• Surfaces to be cleaned on a regular basis As required
• No chemicals are to be disposed of down drains
• If required, obtain trade waste licence for discharge or local council approval
• Cease work immediately if unexpected potentially contaminated soils are encountered
• Obtain waste classification from appropriate consultant in accordance with EPA guidelines Environmental Guidelines: Assessment, Classification and Management of Liquid & Non-Liquid wastes
• Where required, a Remediation Action Plan may require to be developed and implemented
5 Land
6 Noise
7 Vibration
As required
o Controls in accordance with Tetra Tech Coffey Remediation Action Plan (RAP): 754NTLGE282007-AK – Latest revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore. As required
• The requirements to import fill will be minimised by utilising on site cut material wherever possible
• All analysis certifications must be provided as part of completion documentation
• Refer to 5.1 Hours of work for noise restrictions and working hours
• Use hoarding as required around site
• Mobile plant and machinery to be fitted with mufflers, where appropriate
• Mobile plant and machinery to be isolated until repaired, free of ‘loud’ unusual noise/s
• Thoughtful selection of mechanical plant and equipment
• Avoid the coincidence of noisy plant working simultaneously close together and adjacent to sensitive receivers
• Orientate equipment away from noise-sensitive areas
• Carry out loading and un-loading away from noise-sensitive areas
• Trucks being on-site must not idle
• Localised shielding of noisy equipment
o Controls in accordance with Newcastle Grammar School Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
§ Latest Revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore.
• Develop dilapidation report prior to the commencement of works
• Limit the use of vibration function when not required
• Were works are required within safe working distances, vibration monitoring should be undertaken to confirm that the level of vibration is within acceptable tolerances.
o Controls in accordance with Newcastle Grammar School Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
• Provide information to community stakeholders of programmed works
• Provide contact details for inquiries
• Where works are to be undertaken adjacent to noise sensitive areas, or in response to complaints, engage consultants and associated specialist contractors regarding monitoring
o Controls in accordance with Core Project Group Community Communication Strategy – Latest revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore. As required
• Identify any hazardous materials on site prior to demolition, treat accordingly
• Adhere to SafeWork NSW and EPA guidelines and codes of practice for removal, storage, transport and disposal of waste
• Avoid overfilling skip bins; ensure and ample number available for use. Cover them when there is a risk of windblown litter.
• Dispose of hard construction wastes for recycled gravels and sands
• Excess materials will be reused on site or returned to supplier where possible As required
• SDS’s must be provided to Core Project Group Staff prior to a chemical being received or used on site
• Chemicals to be stored in secured area away from stormwater drains & pits
• Refer –
o SafeWork Australia – Managing risks of storing chemicals in the workplace, and
o EPA Guidelines – Storing and handling liquids
o AS 1940: 2017 Flammable Liquids Storage & Handling
o SafeWork NSW – Storage and Handling of Dangerous Goods
• Undertake concrete washout away from stormwater inlets and return to supplier, where possible
• Concrete waste to be contained and wetvac’d to prevent runoff into stormwater drains and environment As Required
• Ensure strict adherence to the Traffic Management plan. Provide to local council for approval
• Erect signage and notices to advise public of work/s and any disruptions
• Haulage routes to be provided to subcontractor’s prior to commencing on site
• All waste products are to be tarped prior to leaving site.
o Controls in accordance with Gateshead Traffic Solutions Construction Traffic Management Plan: 0052404152 – Latest revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore.
• Provide education during on-site toolbox meetings and inductions during associated parts of the project
• ‘If archaeological deposit or finds which are suspected to exceed the threshold value, then works in that area are to stop and the area is to be cordoned off.
• The Project Manager is to contact the Archaeologist to make an assessment as to whether the material is classed as Aboriginal object/s under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 and advise on the required management and mitigation measures.
• Works are not to recommence in the cordoned off area until heritage clearance has been given and/or the required management and mitigation measures have been implemented’
o Controls in accordance with Heritage Now Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan: Newcastle Grammar School: HN000236-C – Latest revision available per ‘Current Specifications’ on Procore. As required
As required
13 Emergency response
• Spill kit to be on-site and maintained
• Refer to SDS’s for advice and procedures
• Following each spill or environmental contamination, an incident report must be completed Via Procore.
10. Internal Communication and Training
Core Project Group will communicate the project Environmental Management Plan, performance expectations and any changes in the development of the document through the following methods:
10.1 Training Induction
Staff, contractors, workers and visitors are inducted before coming onto site and CPG’s Environmental Policy, incident management and the environmental responsibilities of contractors and workers form a component of this training CPG General Induction and Due Diligence & HIRAC Training (ADM0045) Site-specific induction will also communicate any significant environmental issues and areas of environmental sensitivity on the site
10.2 Subcontractor Information Package
The EMP forms part of the package sent to subcontractors outlining CPG’s onsite requirements and any site-specific environmental issues. Subcontractor meetings are also held regularly and recorded through Subcontractor Meeting Minutes (CPG0160).
10.3
Site Notice Board
The EMP is incorporated into the PIMP document and any area of cultural significance or sensitivity will be marked up on the Site Layout Plan, displayed on the site notice board and is available for contractors and workers at any time.
10.4 Toolbox Talks
Any changes made to the EMP or to environmental legislation is communicated at pre-start meetings or Toolbox Talks and is documented through Toolbox Meeting Minutes (CPG0150).
11. External Communication
Any potential interest in the project from public authorities and utility providers should be investigated and documented during the planning stages and consideration given to the scheduled communication of any activities involving noise or vehicle and pedestrian access arrangements that may affect the local community; see site-specific Traffic Management Plan (TMP). Complaints received from the public should be directed to the Project Manager.
11.1 Authorities
Should the site be visited by a representative from the Office of Environment & Heritage, the Environmental Protection authority etc. Core Project Group will prepare a report using Incident Report (CPG0200) detailing the issue and actions taken and a copy will be provided to the client as appropriate.
11.2 Community
Core Project Group recognises the importance of community relationships and the need to communicate clearly about matters that may impact them. It is company policy to establish and foster good working relationship with neighbours throughout the life of a project. External communication and the handling of environmental and noise complaints will be conducted using Consultation and Communication Procedure (PROC0030)
12. Contractor Management and Monitoring
The ability to comply with Core Project Group’s environmental standards form a part of the selection criteria for contractors on all CPG projects. Refer to Contractor Management Procedure (PRO0060) Environmental compliance and monitoring of contractors on site is achieved through a combination of the following:
12.1
Safe Work Method Statements (SWMS)
SWMS are reviewed and approved by the Site Manager/Supervisor to ensure that all appropriate controls are in place for environmental protection. This is documented through SWMS Review Checklist (CPG0090).
12.2
Permits
Permits are issued for demolition, excavation and other high risk activities allowing the Site Manager/Supervisor to evaluate any environmental risks involved in a specific task.
12.3 HSEQ Weekly Safety Walks
HSEQ walks are conducted and recorded through Procore. Any breaches of environmental standards observed will result in a non-conformance report being issued immediately through Procore to the relevant sub contractor /CPG employee for rectification. Timeframes for corrective action are set based on risk- as per Procore Observations tool. See CPG Non-Conformance and Incident Management Procedure (PROC0100)
12.4
Monthly Project Risk Assessment Review
Project risks are assessed at the commencement of the project using Project Risk Assessment (CPG0030), a comprehensive document incorporating environmental protection controls. This document is reviewed each month by the Site Manager against contractor performance. Any environmental deficiencies identified will result in a nonconformance report being issued through Aconex.
12.5 Failure to Comply
Should a contractor fail to implement corrective procedures and controls, CPG may withhold payments, fines from regulatory bodies may be issued or legislative recourse may be taken should CPG fail to meet its environmental obligations under the contract.
13. Auditing and Records
Site Managers and Directors will conduct site audits regularly using the Aconex system to ensure compliance with the requirements of all relevant environmental legislation, codes and standards and the conditions of any applicable licence, approval or permit. See CPG Internal Audit Procedure (PROC0040). All reports of environmental activities will be kept in accordance with CPG’s Document & Records Management Procedure (PROC0010). If the issue recorded may impact the environment or health of an individual in the future the retention period is 30 years
14. Unexpected Finds Protocol
14.1 Introduction
This protocol outlines the procedure to be followed when encountering unexpected materials or findings during earthworks. The aim is to provide a systematic approach to ensure the safety of all personnel and minimise environmental impact.
14.2 Definition of Unexpected Finds
Unexpected finds refer to materials or objects unearthed during excavation or construction activities that were not previously identified or anticipated. These include:
§ Contaminated materials such as black slag, ash, and odorous soils.
§ Visible Asbestos or potential Asbestos Fines/Friable Asbestos materials.
§ Buried infrastructure like underground storage tanks, pipes, and footings.
§ Acid sulphate soils.
§ Human skeletal remains
§ Heritage items/artefacts
14.3 Procedure Steps
1. Initial Action
As soon as an unexpected find is discovered, all work in the immediate vicinity should halt. If there's any immediate risk to human health or the environment, initiate immediate safety and environmental controls, but only if it's safe to do so.
2. Notify Authorities
Depending on the nature of the find, it may be a legal requirement to notify specific authorities like the NSW EPA or SafeWork NSW or NSW Environment and Heritage
3. Inform Site Personnel
Alert the Project Manager and Environmental Consultant about the find. Ensure that the relevant personnel are available for consultation and decision-making.
4. Initial Assessment
Carry out an initial onsite assessment. This should determine the size, nature, and potential risks associated with the find. Ensure all evaluations are done without compromising safety.
5. Implement WHS & Environmental Controls
These controls are to ensure the safety of all personnel on-site and to prevent any potential environmental harm:
a) Erect barricades and display warning signs to demarcate the affected area.
b) Cover the find with clean soil, plastic, or geofabric to prevent further exposure.
c) Install sediment controls to prevent runoff.
d) Implement measures like water sprays to control dust.
e) Begin monitoring the air quality, especially if contaminants are suspected.
f) Ensure heritage items/artefact cannot be damaged
6. Detailed Evaluation
Engage an expert, either an Environmental Consultant or a Licensed Asbestos Assessor (LAA),or hygienist and/or Heritage consultant to conduct a thorough examination. This may involve collecting samples and having them analysed in a laboratory that uses NATA accredited methods.
7. Determine Next Steps
Based on the expert assessment, decide on the next course of action. This could range from documenting the find to extensive remediation efforts. Ensure all actions comply with regulatory requirements.
8. Organise a Toolbox Meeting
This meeting will ensure all parties involved are informed and aligned on the next steps. Discussions should encompass:
a) The methodologies for handling, treating, and disposing of the unexpected material.
b) Considerations to ensure everyone's health and safety.
c) Procedures to validate and clear the affected area.
9. Validation & Report
After addressing the unexpected find, the area must be validated to ensure it's safe for work to continue. This validation should be documented in a report issued by the Environmental Consultant or LAA.
10. Resumption of Work
Only after the affected area has been validated, cleared, and after receiving a go-ahead from Core Project Group should work resume.
15. Incident Response and Emergency Procedures
Emergency situations are managed in accordance with CPG’s Emergency Response Planning & Preparation Procedure (PROC0130) and an Emergency Evacuation Plan will be developed and displayed on the site noticeboard. In the case of a hazardous chemical spill:
§ Stop the work task immediately
§ Ensure you have the correct PPE and locate the nearest spill kit
§ Contain the spill – put up barriers, use absorbent material to soak it up
§ Isolate the spill if it is a potential risk to health and safety
§ Notify the Site Manager
§ Place contaminated material in containers for removal by approved contractor
§ Remove contaminated soil
§ ENSURE THAT CONTAMINANTS ARE NOT WASHED DOWN DRAINS OR INTO WATERWAYS
§ Notify authorities when material harm to the environment is caused or threatened
16. Schedule of Documents
17. Legislation Reference Guide
Environmental Planning Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, (NSW)
http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/legis/nsw/consol_act/epaaa1979389/ Local Government Act, (NSW)
http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/legis/nsw/consol_act/nva2003194/ National Parks and Wildlife Act, (NSW) http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/legis/nsw/consol_act/npawa1974247/
Threatened Species Conservation Act, (NSW)
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act, (Cwlth)
The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) will be reviewed regularly as part of a continuous improvement process to ensure it remains current and relevant to the project. This section describes the review process, including how and when the EMP will be updated if required. It will also outline the specific triggers or thresholds that would prompt a review or revision. That is, unless otherwise specified in the conditions of consent, the CEMP will be reviewed and updated, where necessary, in response to the following:
o An incident (as defined by the conditions of consent)
o Any non-compliance with the conditions of consent or other legal requirement
o Any non-conformance with any other environmental requirements
o Audit findings (internal, external and/or independent)
o Project modifications approved by the consent or approval authority
o Changes to legislative requirements
Community Consultation Strategy – Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus
Strategy: Core Project Group - Version 2 – 25/08/2023
COMMUNITY COMMUNICATION STRATEGY
Abbreviations
APP The APP Group
CCS Community Communication Strategy (this document)
CM Communications Manager
CPG Core Project Group
D&C Design and Construct
DA Development Approval
DM Design Manager
DN Disruption Notice
IMS Integrated Management System
NGS Newcastle Grammar School
OOHW Out of Hours Work
PCG Project Control Group
PE Project Engineer
PM Project Manager
S138 Section 138
SM Site Manager
SSD State Significant Development
WUC Works Under Contract
Referenced Documents
CPG0030 Project Risk Assessment
CPG0130 Site HSE Weekly Safety Walk
PIMP Project Integrated Management Plan
PROC0030 Communication and Consultation Procedure
QAMP Quality Assurance Management Plan
TMP Traffic Management Plan
TPA Traffic & Parking Assessment – 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill – Newcastle Grammar School, prepared by Intersect Traffic dated March 2022
Consultation and Communication
Definitions
APP
The Superintendent on the Project.
Consultation Is a two-way process between two parties whereby information is exchanged.
CPG Head contractor on the Project.
Dispute Notification
Disruption Notice
Neighbour
NGS
Social Media
Works Under Contract (WUC)
A reported event, concern and/or inconvenience to any community member caused by the Project or WUC, that has been notified to CPG through the relevant platforms
A formal letter, email, notification, or correspondence from Core Project Group to APP and Newcastle Grammar, or if applicable to neighbours, outlining works which may disrupt the day-to-day operations or activities of the school or wider community.
Adjoining landholders, businesses, community parties, stakeholder groups and government services, who are located or operate within a 250m radius of the project address.
The Client on the Project.
Relates to all forms of internet based media platforms such as, but not limited to,: • LinkedIn • Instagram
Facebook
All design and construction related aspects of the executed contract that are the responsibility of Core Project Group.
1. Context
This Community Communication Strategy (CCS) describes how Core Project Group (CPG) will manage communication, consultation, and engagement with the community through the design and construction (D&C) of the Newcastle Grammar School’s (NGS) Park Campus development (the Project). The CCS outlines CPG’s approach, commitment, procedures, and methods for communication with NGS, The APP Group (APP), the school community and the broader community with respect to the Project.
Providing effective and efficient communication and consultation, both internally and externally, is an important component of CPG’s Integrated Management System (IMS), Project Integrated Management Plan (PIMP), and successful operations. To this end, CPG recognises that consultation is mandatory under the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 (WHS Act), and provides mechanisms for harmonious operation by CPG, its subcontractors and suppliers, NGS, APP, neighbouring properties and persons, and the broader community. This CCS has been developed to provide detailed means for communication and consultation with all relevant parties, neighbours, and persons of interest throughout the project, and in conjunction with CPG’s Communication and Consultation Procedure (PROC0030), forms the basis for communication and consultation on the Project.
This CCS has been developed in accordance with the requirements of the State Significant Development (SSD) requirements. In conjunction with the SSD requirements, this strategy will be implemented for the project duration and 12 months following the completion of the project.
2. Purpose
CPG is committed to actively communicating and engaging with the various stakeholders throughout the design and construction of the Project. CPG’s approach to communication and consultation will:
• Make the most of opportunities to involve stakeholders and the community in the Project.
• Provide avenues for input from NGS, APP, the broader community, and appropriate stakeholders.
• Provide access to all relevant documentation for access by all interested parties by means of NGS’s website.
• Consider and acknowledge all reasonable disputes and requests from the community and stakeholders with regards to the Project and communication.
• Use feedback to positively influence the Project design and construction delivery.
This strategy will also consider key communication elements, including:
• Newcastle Grammar School’s internal and external communication.
• Community disputes – management and resolution.
• Dispute resolution and associated outcomes.
• Forums for community input on design and construction delivery.
This strategy will be reviewed on an annual basis or when requested by NGS and/or APP to ensure appropriate means and measures of communication are available to suit the Project.
3. Requirements
As set out by the NSW Department of Planning – State Significant Development (SSD), the following is the requirement with regards to Community Communication Strategy for the project: Community Communication Strategy
E11. No later than two weeks before the commencement of construction, a Community Communication Strategy must be submitted to the Planning Secretary for information. The Community Communication Strategy must provide mechanisms to facilitate communication between the Applicant, the relevant Council and the community (including adjoining affected landowners and businesses, and others directly impacted by the development), during the design and construction of the development and for a minimum of 12 months following the completion of construction. The Community Communication Strategy must:
(a) identify people to be consulted during the design and construction phases;
(b) set out procedures and mechanisms for the regular distribution of accessible information about or relevant to the development;
(c) provide for the formation of community-based forums, if required, that focus on key environmental management issues for the development;
(d) set out procedures and mechanisms:
(i) through which the community can discuss or provide feedback to the Applicant;
(ii) through which the Applicant will respond to enquiries or feedback from the community; and
(iii) to resolve any issues and mediate any disputes that may arise in relation to construction and operation of the development, including disputes regarding rectification or compensation.
4. Key Issues for the Delivery of the Project
Some of the impacts and issues which have been identified prior to the finalisation of the design phase are highlighted below, as identified in CPG’s CPG0030 Project Risk Assessment:
Key Issue
Details
§ During early phases of the construction works, dust is noted as a key issue for teachers, students, and parents, as well as neighbouring properties due to earthworks phases of construction.
Dust
Noise
Traffic
Vibration
Property Impacts
§ CPG will work with NGS and APP to provide information with regards to dust conditions, dust control measures and any impacts associated with the Project.
§ Regular dust mitigation measures such as wetting down of work areas, regular cleaning and barricading of works areas will be implemented during the project duration.
§ Noise from construction works is a source of concern for residents, businesses, and community groups within close proximity to the construction site.
§ Works which are likely to produce significant higher levels of noise, such as demolition, will be notified to NGS, APP, and neighbours in advance of the commencement on site to mitigate disruption.
§ The impact of construction works on the day-to-day operation of NGS and neighbours will be reviewed throughout the construction phase to ensure minimal impacts where possible.
§ Given the limited off-street parking available around the site, minimising impacts on NGS staff and parents, as well as neighbours.
§ Works are to be carried out in accordance with Traffic & Parking Assessment – 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill – Newcastle Grammar School, prepared by Intersect Traffic dated March 2022, and CPG’s Traffic Management Plan (TMP).
§ Controls around traffic management will be reviewed on a weekly basis on CPG’s CPG0130 Site HSE Weekly Safety Walk
§ Neighbours will be able to raise any issues with traffic control through CPG’s dispute notification process, to which CPG will review and resolve issues so far as practicable.
§ Whilst design phase works will attempt to minimise works which are likely to cause vibration related issues, vibration is an unavoidable aspect of certain early phase works, such as demolition and earthworks.
§ Vibration will be monitored throughout the project, ensuring minimal impacts to NGS and neighbours alike.
§ Dilapidation reports will be conducted on NGS and neighbouring properties to ensure a quantifiable point for rectification should any issues arise as a result of vibration.
§ A biproduct of construction activities includes the risk of damage to adjacent properties, structures and services.
§ CPG will raise any issues to adjacent property caused by WUC in accordance with CPG’s Quality Assurance Management Plan. Defect lists will be available on request, and defects will be closed out in a timely and professional manner.
§ NGS and neighbours can raise any issues with WUC through CPG’s dispute notification process, to which CPG will review and resolve issues so far as practicable.
5. Project Delivery Phases
5.1 Design Phases
Design phase works include those which are needed to be completed in advance of site establishment and main construction activities in order to inform the planning, detailed design and delivery of the Project. Ensuring open and transparent communication lines during this phase is paramount to the projects success, and ensuring the Project aligns with NGS and community expectations.
Activities undertaken in this stage include:
• survey works
• site investigations
• dilapidation reports
• design coordination
• design development
During this phase of the works, CPG will coordinate design communication through the use of NGS’s website to provide access to approved documentation, as per the SSD requirements. These will be maintained on NGS’s website for the duration of the Project and 12 months following completion of the Project.
Design phase works will be coordinated with NGS and APP, allowing the chance for community input through the greater school community through NGS communications. CPG will also provide forums for community input where applicable, prior to the final design completion.
5.2 Site Establishment and Early Works Phase
Whilst the design phase is occurring concurrently, site establishment and early works will commence on the Project. These works will include:
• Demolition of existing structures
• Removal of contaminated materials
• Service location and disconnections
• Detailed investigation works
• Erection of site sheds and amenities
• Earthworks
• Installation of temporary fencing, hoardings, footpaths, roads and the like, to ensure safe practices are maintained throughout the Project
• Delivery of materials and equipment commencing
This phase will allow minor adjustments of CPG’s management plans, in conjunction with NGS and APP, to ensure minimal disruption and allowing seamless transition into Main Construction Phases. Transparent communication will be maintained throughout, minimising disruption and allowing for a symbiotic relationship between CPG, NGS and APP. All construction works will be notified to the broader community five (5) days prior to the commencement of works to minimise disruption caused.
5.3 Main Construction Phases
Following Site Establishment and Early Work phases, Main Construction phase works will commence. This includes all WUC. During this phase, CPG’s CCS will form the basis of communication as works will follow clear progressive milestones and form the bulk of the project duration.
CPG will proactively collaborate with NGS, APP, neighbours, and other key stakeholders throughout the works with the aim to coordinate work, mitigate impacts, and where possible seek opportunities which benefit the community. CPG, in accordance with the CCS and CPG0030 Communication and Consultation Procedure, will provide avenues for communication and consultation, such as, but not limited to:
• Community forums
• Providing input on NGS’s monthly newsletter
• Quarterly newsletter from CPG directly to neighbours
• Design meetings
• PCG meetings
• Dispute notification and resolution processes
• Face-to-face communications
• Disruption notices
• And any other agreed communication methods that arise during the Project lifespan.
CPG actively seeks to engage like-minded subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers, and will call upon them to actively partake in communication as well. Where requested by NGS, APP, or other parties, CPG may ask relevant parties to assist in communication. This may include responding to dispute notifications or the like.
6. Commitment
Our commitment is to ensure clear, concise and transparent forms of communication between and with CPG, Newcastle Grammar School, The APP Group, internal and external community groups, neighbours, and the like, to ensure that there is extensive avenues for means of communication between all relevant parties. CPG prides itself on open and transparent operations, and we are committed to strengthening our ties within the local community through communication which reflect our company values.
7. Goals
To ensure CPG’s intent reflects that of Newcastle Grammar School, the following goals have been established to reciprocate that of NGS’s Strategic Communication Plan, with respect to the WUC:
• To engage stakeholders to give them a sense of ownership and enthusiasm in the project.
• To tailor specific answers to various community groups to the question: “how does this impact me?”
• To inform about what has happened so far, what is happening now and ongoing project milestones as they happen.
• To answer any criticism with real facts.
• Timely communication of all build updates and revised timelines.
These goals will be continually reviewed throughout the project duration, along with CPG’s actions to ensure compliance with these goals.
8. Key Stakeholders
Stakeholder Group Key Input to Communications
§ Overarching responsibility for the development, review, and appropriate communication of procedure.
§ Establishing and maintaining communication and consultation processes both internally and externally.
§ Open and transparent operations between all parties.
§ Reporting all events and activities in advance to the appropriate parties.
Core Project Group
APP Group
Newcastle Grammar School
§ Liaising with neighbour disputes as applicable.
§ Ensuring all contractors are aware of communication procedures and act in accordance with these.
§ Providing meetings, forums and avenues for communication and consultation with all relevant stakeholders.
§ Reviewing the CCS to ensure objectives are being met.
§ Management and review of CPG’s communications.
§ Communication control between CPG and NGS, and vice versa.
§ Review of disputes and CPG resolutions.
§ Overseeing CPG’s community communications and implementation of the CCS.
§ Providing meetings, forums and avenues for communication and consultation with all relevant stakeholders.
§ Providing feedback and input on all design and construction delivery items.
§ Coordinated communication in conjunction with CPG and APP.
§ Overarching communication with parents, students, teachers, and other NGS direct stakeholders.
§ Attending and providing input at relevant meetings and opportunities for communication.
§ Providing feedback and input on all design and construction delivery items.
§ Reviewing communication media throughout the project life.
§ Providing feedback and input during the design and construction delivery.
Parents and Students
Neighbours
§ Raising any dispute items they may have during the course of design and construction delivery.
§ Reviewing communication media throughout the project life.
§ Providing feedback and input during the design and construction delivery.
§ Raising any dispute items they may have during the course of design and construction delivery.
9. Consultation and Communication Process
9.1 Process
Meaningful consultation is paramount to a project’s success, and to this end CPG is committed to several avenues of communication with Newcastle Grammar School, The APP Group, and the wider community. Consultation at CPG involves sharing information, giving people a reasonable opportunity to express views and taking those views into account before making decisions on health and safety matters, as well as matters that may affect their day-to-day lives and operations
To achieve this, CPG will:
§ Display contact information for site management so that neighbours can make enquiries.
§ Display out of hours contact information in case of emergency.
§ Listen to neighbours’ concerns and disputes raised.
§ Work within approved DA hours.
§ Assess impacts on adjoining properties.
§ Consider noise and/or dust monitoring if there is a potential impact on neighbours.
§ Give neighbours five (5) days’ notice, where possible, of any overtly noisy or disturbing activities which are likely to take place for more than one day.
§ Attend community group meetings, where relevant and appropriate, to gain information on community attitudes and needs to allow the business to effectively manage and meet organisation goals.
§ Work with government agencies to mitigate any impact on local services.
§ Where disruptions are unavoidable, communicate these through Disruption Notices with no less than 48 hours' notice prior to disruptions.
§ Provide avenues for community members to raise concerns or disputes through a QR code dispute logging system.
§ Work promptly to resolve and respond to any disputes that are raised.
9.2 Method
9.3 How to Conduct Consultation
Provide Information
• Why the work is being undertaken.
• The detail of the works.
• The impact of the work and how it will affect individuals and the wider community
• Communicate information about the works through agreed means.
• Seek feedback from NGS, APP and the neighbouring community.
Discuss
• Encourage a two-way flow of information and record discusions and feedback.
• Consider ideas and information received and assess against business requirements.
• Decide what is reasonably practicable.
• Record any decisions or changes together with APP and NGS, and the reasons why.
Review
Implement
• Communicate back to relevant parties and record any feedback.
• Plan and implement change.
• Ask for feedback to improve the next consultation process.
9.4 Changes to Agreed Method of Communication
When requested by one or more of the relevant parties, CPG may amend, either in their frequency or the means of consultation and communication, and when the proposed change is agreed to by all relevant parties to the project. This change to the communication strategy will be documented in an updated Community Communication Strategy revision. This revised document will be available to all parties upon request, with a copy provided to NGS and APP.
9.5 Roles and Responsibilities
NGSPARKCAMPUSPROJECT– STAGE1 WORKS CONTRACTRELATIONSHIPCHART(AS4902 – 2000)
The following outlines the key relationships on the Project and how lines of communication will be managed throughout the Project lifespan.
CONTRACT IMPOSES AN OBLIGATION ON THE PRINCIPAL TO ENSURE THE SUPERINTENDENT ACTS “FAIRLY” AND “REASONABLY”
NEWCASTLE GRAMMAR SCHOOL DAVID FRAZER (PRINCIPAL’S REP)
SUPERINTENDENT ADMINIISTERS THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AS PRINCIPAL’S REPRESENTATIVE
CONTRACT IMPOSES AN OBLIGATION ON THE CONTRACTOR TO COOPERATE
CORE PROJECT CONTRACTOR JAMIE LIN D
SUPERINTENDENT ACTS AS AN INDEPENDENT CERTIFIER WITH KEY OBLIGATIONSTO ASSESS CHANGES TO SCOPE AND QUALITY, TIMELINESS, AND WHEN AND WHAT IS DUE TO EITHER CONTRACTUAL
As agreed with NGS and APP, key members of communication and contact details are as follows:
Communication Representatives
CPG
Courtney Knight
NGS
David Frazer APP
Jennifer Passfield
This may be changed over the course of the Project if agreed by all parties. CPG acknowledges that communication needs may change during the Project and this will continually be assessed during PCG Meetings with NGS and APP to ensure the needs of all parties and the community are maintained.
10. Dispute Resolution
CPG acknowledges that disputes, complaints, and the like are a potential item that may become apparent on any project. CPG also acknowledges that an effective close out, notification, monitoring and review of disputes is equally important for all parties involved. To ensure effective and concise dispute resolution processes, CPG has implemented a detailed and thorough dispute resolution system to manage any issues which may arise.
10.1Dispute
Notification
CPG has implemented the following avenues for notifications of disputes, which will be implemented through the project duration:
• QR Code Logs – using industry leading technology, QR Codes will be sign posted around the perimeter of the site and at entrances to site. This will allow members of the community to log a dispute which will send an alert to the project team personnel.
• Face-to-Face – CPG project and site team personnel will be available during all staffed site hours, and will be available to take any dispute notification via face-to-face.
• Email – CPG contact details will be available on-site noticeboards and signage, providing access for members of the community to log a dispute through our email.
CPG will log all Disputes on Procore and advise NGS and APP of all Dispute Notifications through this platform as well. All resolutions and rectifications that are appropriate to the Dispute Notification shall be communicated to NGS and APP as well. PCG Reports will note statistics on all Dispute Notifications. At any time during the Project lifespan, NGS and/or APP may request any relevant information with regards to any Dispute Notifications.
10.2Correspondence and Documentation
CPG operations may lead to a variety of interaction with the community and responses must be effective, consistent, and recorded appropriately. This includes, but is not limited to:
• All disputes will be recorded through Procore, or similar, with all relevant details such as complaint description, time, date, contact details, and the like on the recording.
• All disputes shall be notified to CPG Directors as part of the notification through Procore.
• All disputes will be handled in a timely and courteous manner, and shall be responded to within not more than within five (5) business days noting appropriate outcomes.
• All disputes which are in relation to a WHS, quality or environmental issue or concern shall be handled with the upmost urgency, and shall be responded to within not more than within one (1) business day noting appropriate outcomes.
• If applicable, the appropriate authority shall be notified noting the dispute.
• All disputes shall be notified to NGS and APP through Monthly PCG Reports and as requested.
10.3 Confidentiality
All sensitive or important information must be discussed with a CPG Director, NGS, APP and the relevant personnel prior to any response. Such issues shall be treated on a case-by-case basis.
Appendices
Appendix A – Organisation Chart
Appendix B – Relationship Chart
NGS PARK CAMPUS PROJECT– STAGE 1 WORKS
CONTRACT RELATIONSHIP CHART (AS4902 – 2000)
CONTRACT IMPOSES AN OBLIGATION ON THE PRINCIPAL TO ENSURE THE SUPERINTENDENT ACTS “FAIRLY” AND “REASONABLY”
NEWCASTLE GRAMMAR SCHOOL DAVID FRAZER (PRINCIPAL’S REP)
SUPERINTENDENT ADMINIISTERS THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AS PRINCIPAL’S REPRESENTATIVE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
CONTRACT IMPOSES AN OBLIGATION ON THE CONTRACTOR TO COOPERATE
CORE PROJECT CONTRACTOR
JAMIE LIN D
SUPERINTENDENT ACTS AS AN INDEPENDENT CERTIFIER WITH KEY OBLIGATIONSTO ASSESS CHANGES TO SCOPE AND QUALITY, TIMELINESS, AND WHEN AND WHAT IS DUE TO EITHER CONTRACTUAL PARTY
SEPARATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
THE APP GROUP SUPERINTENDENT JENNIFER PASSFIELD
Appendix B
Stormwater Management Strategy: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Strategy: Lindsay Dynan - 16194-LD-RP-C-0002 – 30/03/2022
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
NEWCASTLE GRAMMAR SCHOOL – PARK CAMPUS STAGE 1
Client: Newcastle Grammar School C/- APP Corporation Pty Limited
Project: Newcastle Grammar School Park Campus – Stage 1
Project No: 00016194
Report: 16194-LD-RP-C-0002
Client: Newcastle Grammar School C/- APP Corporation Pty Limited
Project: Newcastle Grammar School Park Campus – Stage 1
Project No: 00016194
Disclaimer
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of Newcastle Grammar School and is subject to and issued in accordance with the agreement between Newcastle Grammar School and Lindsay Dynan Consulting Engineers Pty Limited. Lindsay Dynan Consulting Engineers Pty Limited accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use or reliance upon the report by any third party.
Copying this report without the written permission of Newcastle Grammar School and Lindsay Dynan Consulting Engineers Pty Limited is not permitted. Document Location: Z:\00016194\Engineering\Reports\Civil
This report is intended to accompany the civil design documentation for the site and has been prepared for the purpose of supporting the SSD and DA processes (as required) to gain concept approval for the proposed development. The report comments directly on outcomes of Stage 1 of the Redevelopment Masterplan by SHAC Architects and will provide methodology and results relevant to civil design aspects of the project for review and acceptance by the relevant assessing authorities.
The background and context to the design assumptions and modelling methodologies employed are discussed and addressed within this Report to detail how each has guided the Civil Engineering design of the site as depicted on the LDCE Civil Engineering Design Drawings, Ref: 16194-LD-DR-C-0020 Additionally, this report should be read in conjunction with the following documentation:
• Geotechnical Assessment Report by Coffey Geotechnics, Ref: 754-NTLGE282007AD dated 19 February 2021.
• Mine Subsidence Desktop Assessment Report by Tetra Tech Coffey Geotechnics, Ref: 754-NTLGE282007-AB dated 2 February 2021.
• Mine Subsidence Investigation and Assessment Report by Tetra Tech Coffey Geotechnics, Ref: 754-NTLGE282007-01-AI dated 30 July 2021.
• Detailed Site Survey by Delfs Lacelles Consulting Surveyors, Ref: 19586_1_Rev A dated 15 October 2019.
• Architectural drawings by SHAC Architects, Ref: 4293.
• Landscape Architectural drawings by Gallagher Studios, Ref: 202008_NG_DA20210813_RevE dated 12 October 2021.
• Newcastle Grammar School Flood Impact Assessment by Torrent Consulting, Ref: R.T2030.001.01 dated May 2021.
1.2 Background and Context
The Subject Site currently features an existing pre-School and houses grades K-4 through six main buildings. The School has recently approved a masterplan prepared SHAC Architects to support the continued development of the School.
This report is intended to provide context and supporting design calculations for the Stage 1 works. A copy of the original Masterplan document provided during the RFT phase is provide in Appendix A for reference. The Stage 1 works include the following:
• Demolition or part-demolition of existing Admin Building
• Construction of a new internal drop off roadway on the north-eastern boundary
• Stormwater upgrades across the School site
• Refurbishment of Block B to accommodate a new central Administration and relocation of other School functions
• Construction of a new 3-storey building which will feature the following components:
o Ground floor open air space acting as a COLA and extension of adjacent play area
o Levels 1 and 2 to house 16 learning spaces
o Roof top terrace/outdoor play area
o Lift access.
o Associated landscaping, services and School amenity.
The Stage 1 works will be delivered by a team of consultants engaged by NGS with the coordination of APP as the Project Manager. The Architectural Masterplan was endorsed by the NGS Board in late 2019 and forms the basis for the Stage 1 project.
As part of the Masterplan process NGS have sought an options analysis for authority approval pathways from local town planning consultants KDC. Following consideration of each option, NGS have decided to pursue a State Significant Development (SSD) for a staged masterplan of the Park Campus.
1.3 Existing and Proposed Site Description
Newcastle Grammar School’s (NGS) Park Campus is located at 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill, 2300 (the Subject Site) The site is bound by Union Street (north-west), Parkway Avenue (south-west), Corlette Street (south-east) and a residential unit complex (north-east).
The residential development features a retaining wall along its shared boundary with NGS, which required consideration during design. This wall is retaining the neighbouring property, therefore any cut proposed along this boundary may pose issues to this wall
The site generally falls from south to north at grades ranging from 1.0-3.5% approximately. The site is impacted by the adjacent Cottage Creek Channel which runs between the separated legs of Parkway Avenue. This section of Cottage Creek features multiple hydraulic structures that constrain flow and demonstrate blockage risk within the channel. A summary of the flooding constraints and considerations for the site is outlined in Section 2 below and the Flood Impact Assessment Report (Torrent, 2021) is attached in Appendix B.
Current features of the site include a mixture of attached and detached structures, some of which are proposed to be demolished as part of the Stage 1 works. Figure 1 below shows the School’s current layout and location (image taken from Nearmap, imagery dated 14th April 2021).
A Flood Impact Assessment Report has been prepared for this development by Torrent Consulting Pty Ltd, including a detailed flood model of the surrounding catchment, focusing on the open concrete drain that is located to the south of the Subject Site. The findings of the Report, particularly relating to the flooding constraints and considerations for the site, have been summarized in this section of the LDCE Design Report
The Subject Site is located within the Cottage Creek catchment, a total area of 7.6 km2, around half of which is upstream, refer to Figure 2
Figure 2 – Cottage Creek Catchment Topography (Torrent Consulting, 2021)
The School campus is situated at the edge of the Lower Cottage Creek floodplain and is subject to flooding from Cottage Creek and overland flow from upstream catchments. Cottage Creek drains a largely urbanised area immediately west of the Newcastle coastal ridge, including Merewether to the south and The Hill to the north. The drainage system has also been highly urbanised into multiple concrete lined channels and enclosed drains. The main branch runs from its mouth in Newcastle Harbour to Watkins Street, approximately 2.3kms. Major tributaries include the Broadmeadow Racecourse, Merewether Street, Mitchell Street, Frederick Street and Bruce Street branches.
2.2 Flood Impact Assessment Model Results
The modelled flood conditions show that the Subject Site is not flood affected at the 20% Annual Exceedance Probability (AEP) or 10% AEP storm events. Flooding was shown to occur at the Subject Site for all storms above the 5% AEP storm event. During the 5% AEP design storm event, the capacity of Cottage Creek along Parkway Avenue is exceeded, resulting in overbank inundation along Parkway Avenue encroaching the Subject Site
The trunk drainage capacity along Bruce Street to the east of the Subject Site is also exceeded during the 5% AEP storm event, which results in overland flow westwards through to Corlette Street and then through the Subject Site along the northern boundary, where the new driveway is proposed as part of thedevelopment works Through the Subject Site the flood levels reduce from 3.4m AHD to 2.3m AHD, which is equal to the backwater flood level in National Park. Refer to Appendix B for flood mapping and other model outputs from the Flood Impact Assessment Report.
Peak flood velocities within the Subject Site during the 5% AEP storm event are around 0.1m/s within the Cottage Creek floodplain along Parkway Avenue and Union Street. Along the overland flow path from Corlette Street along the northern boundary of the Subject Site the modelled peak velocities are higher, at around 0.2m/s to 0.4m/s.
The flood behaviour at the 5% AEP storm event at the Subject Site is exhibited for all rarer design flood events, albeit with typically increased flood levels, depths and velocities. The peak flood level conditions are summarised in Table 1 below. Peak flood levels are provided for four locations, as follows:
• Adjacent the north-east corner of the Subject Site in Corlette Street
• Adjacent the south-east corner of the Subject Site at the corner of Corlette Street & Parkway Avenue
• Adjacent the south-west corner of the Subject Site at the corner of Parkway Avenue & Union Street
• Adjacent the north-west corner of the Subject Site in Union Street, i.e., the National Park backwater.
Table 1 – Peak flood levels at the Subject Site (m AHD, Torrent Consulting, 2021).
Flood
Hazard
Flood hazards have been determined by Torrent Consulting (2021) in accordance with Guideline 7-3 of the Australian Disaster Resilience Handbook 7 Managing the Floodplain: A Guide to Best Practice in Flood Risk Management in Australia (AIDR, 2017) This produces a six-tier hazard classification, based on modelled flood depths, velocities and velocity-depth product. The hazard classes relate directly to the potential risk posed to people, vehicles and buildings. Refer to Torrent Consulting’s Flood Impact Assessment Report (2021) for mapping of the modelled peak flood hazard for each of the simulated design flood events.
At the 5% AEP storm event, the Subject Site is only impacted by a low hazard H1 flood environment, which presents a low risk to people, vehicles and buildings. At the 2% AEP storm event the increased flood depth creates some low hazard H2 flood conditions along Parkway Avenue in the north-west corner of the Site, which presents a potential risk for small vehicles.
During the 1% AEP design storm event the Subject Site is exposed to some medium hazard H3 flooding in the north-west corner, which presents a potential risk for all vehicles, children, and the elderly. There is no risk to buildings presented by the modelled flood hazards except at the PMF event when most of the Site is impacted by a high hazard H5 flood environment. This hazard level is unsafe for all vehicles and people, and presents a risk to less robust building structures, the heavy building constructions within the Subject Site would not be expected to suffer significant damage.
2.3 Management of Flood Impacts
Controls
The principal consideration of good practice floodplain risk management is to ensure compatibility of the proposed development with the flood hazard of the land, including the risk to life and risk to property. The City of Newcastle (CN) DCP 4.01 Flood Management identifies four controls for the management of flood risk:
• Floodways
• Flood storage areas
• Management of risk to property
• Management of risk to life.
Torrent Consulting’s Flood Impact Assessment (2021) states that no parts of the Subject Site are identified as being a floodway. Additionally, the proposed development does not include filling of the flood storage area. Hence, the requirements for development within floodways and flood storage areas from CN’s DCP 4.01 are readily satisfied.
Risk to Property
Relevant risk to property controls from CN’s DCP 4.01 include:
• Floor levels of all occupiable rooms are not set lower than the flood planning level (FPL), which is typically the 1% AEP flood level plus a 500 mm freeboard
• Garage levels are to be no lower than the 1% AEP flood level
• Electrical fixtures such as power points, light fittings and switches are located above the FPL unless they are on a separate circuit (with earth leakage protection) to the rest of the building
• Where parts of the building are proposed below the FPL, they are constructed of waterresistant materials
• Areas where light vehicles are parked are not located in areas subject to a property hazard of P2 or higher, with parking for heavy vehicles not located in areas subject to a property hazard of P3 or higher
• Buildings of a light construction are generally unsuitable within areas subject to a property hazard of P4 or higher. Heavier building constructions may be suitable, but require certification by a Structural Engineer
• All building constructions are generally unsuitable within areas subject to a property hazard of P5 or higher. Where building in a P5 area is necessary, certification by a Structural Engineer is required.
The 1% AEP flood level at the Site is around 2.8 m AHD where the Stage 1 building construction is proposed and so the standard FPL requirement is that finished floor levels (FFLs) of occupiable rooms be set at or above a level of 3.3 m AHD. However, as the Cottage Creek catchment is susceptible to impacts of potential structure blockage, a higher FPL has been considered. Torrent Consulting has determined an FPL of 3.55m AHD based on simulated blockages in the drainage system and consideration of the CN adopted FPL for the Honeysuckle Redevelopment Area (inclusive of structure blockages, plus a 400mm freeboard). The ground floor level of the proposed Stage 1 building is 2.57 m AHD. The principal use for the ground floor is as an open play space and so is not subject to application of an FPL. The occupiable rooms are located on the first floor and above, all of which have FFLs over 3m above the FPL
The ground floor toilets are to be fit out using flood-compatible materials below the FPL of 3.55 m AHD. Electrical circuitry throughout the ground floor level should also be located above the FPL (or be on a separate circuit). Access to the lift can be raised to the FPL and ramp
access provided if flood proofing measures cannot be achieved. Storage areas are to include shelving where possible to enable any high-value equipment to be stored at or above the FPL. These measures would minimise potential damages in the event of a flood inundating the ground floor level of the building.
The CN DCP considers a P1-P5 risk to property classification, which directly correlates to CN H1-H5 hydraulic hazard categories at the 1% AEP event. Whilst the hydraulic hazard categories are not identical to the current best practice AIDR guidelines (adopted in Torrent Consulting’s modelling), there are some similarities. Figure 3 is a reproduction of the AIDR classifications with the CN risk to property classes superimposed.
Figure 3 - CN risk to property classification correlation to hydraulic hazards classifications from AIDR (2017)
The parking bays along the access driveway are in an area of H2 to H3 hazard at the 1% AEP event and so do not satisfy the relevant requirements of the CN DCP relating to vehicle parking. However, these parking bays are for a student drop off zone which will only be used around School opening or closing times, with vehicles being momentarily stopped rather than parked. Therefore, the overall intent of the management of risk to property is satisfied.
The Union Street building is only subject to a H3 hazard (P3 CN risk to property) at the 1% AEP storm event and so readily satisfies the requirements relating to building construction Only hazards above H4 (P3 CN risk to property) are considered to expose buildings to risk of damage.
The CN DCP 4.01’s management of risk to life controls seek to ensure that the full potential risk to life can be managed up to and including the PMF event. This is guided by a risk to life classification of L1-L5 and is based on the CN H1-H5 hydraulic hazard categories at the PMF event. For the PMF event the entire Site is classified as H3 to H5 on the AIDR hazard classification, which becomes an L4 or L5 CN risk to life classification Based on the peak flood depth, velocity and velocity depth product, Torrent Consulting determined the Union Street building to be classified as an L4 risk to life hazard
In accordance with CN DCP 4.01, the proposed development is required to provide on-site flood-free refuge given it’s located within a flash flood environment and further than 40m from flood-free land above the PMF. The DCP requires the on-site refuge to comply with the following minimum standards:
• “The minimum on-site refuge level is the level of the PMF. On-site refuges are designed to cater for the number of people reasonably expected on the development site and are provided with emergency lighting.” i.e., a minimum finished floor level of 4.8m AHD.
• “On-site refuges are of a construction type able to withstand the effects of flooding. Design certification by a practising structural engineer that the building is able to withstand the hydraulic loading due to flooding (at the PMF).”
Because the upper levels of the Stage 1 building (including the first floor) are all located above the PMF level, it inherently provides suitable flood-free refuge for the occupants.
To satisfy the management of risk to life requirements the Stage 1 building needs certification by a Structural Engineer to withstand the hydraulic forces of the PMF conditions, i.e., a flood depth of 2.2 m, flood velocity of 1.8 m/s and velocity-depth product of 1.4.
3
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Sediment and erosion control design has been undertaken in accordance with Landcom’s “Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction” (2004), more commonly known the “Blue Book”.
The proposed development will disturb > 2500m2 of land, requiring a soil and water management plan (SWMP) to be prepared. The SWMP is to include a calculation to determine the need for a sediment basin for the capture and storage of sediments generated from the construction works. The sediment basin calculation estimates soil loss using the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) Method. It was determined that the annual soil loss is expected to be less than 150 m3/years, therefore the construction of a sediment basin can be considered unnecessary (in accordance with section 6.3.2(d)). RUSLE method calculations have been provided in the Lindsay Dynan Consulting Engineers (LDCE) civil drawing set
Impacts of land disturbance shall be mitigated with standard sediment and erosion control measures as detailed in the LDCE civil drawing set. LDCE considers the adopted measures to be adequate to reduce pollution of downstream areas and reduce degradation of land, in accordance with the objectives of the Blue Book.
4
Stormwater Quantity Management
4.1 Existing Stormwater Management
Majority of the existing site drains as sheet flow from southeast to northwest, eventually discharging to the Union Street Council drainage infrastructure or infiltrating through the pervious playground area. Some drainage pits and grated drains are scattered throughout the playground areas however these are considered to capture little runoff in proportion to the runoff generated from these areas.
Roof drainage from existing Block A and B are connected to four above ground rainwater tanks, adjacent to Parkway Avenue. The size of the rainwater tanks is unknown however, it is considered their volume is approximately 2 x 15kL and 2 x 20kL (70kL total). Overflow from the tanks is connected to an adjacent drainage network that discharges to a Council kerb inlet pit in Parkway Avenue.
4.2 Proposed Stormwater Management
All new roof area will be directed to a 25kL above ground rainwater harvesting tank located at the northwest corner of the proposed Union Street building. The tank has been sized according to the water quality requirement calculations provided in Section 5. It is intended that runoff from majority of the landscape areas will be directed by grass lined swales to a 5m2 bioretention garden before discharging from the site Runoff from the driveway will sheet flow onto the adjacent landscape strip and before being collected by drainage pits. Discharge from the site will connect to the Council stormwater drainage pit on Union St, near the northwest corner of the site.
On-site detention (OSD) has been excluded from the design as the site is flood affected by storms greater than the 20% AEP event. It is anticipated that an OSD system will have negligible effect due to the impact of flood waters. The rainwater re-use tank will provide peak flow reduction from the Stage 1 new building being constructed as part of the development, in the order of 45% per the MUSIC model prepared.
LDCE considers the adopted drainage design will improve site drainage and nuisance water ponding in low lying areas of the site.
5 Stormwater Quality Management
5.1 Existing
Stormwater Quality Management
The existing water quality treatment train consists of four rainwater tanks connected to the roofs of Block A and B, as described in Section 4. Sheet flow from footpath pavements onto landscaped areas is considered to provide some treatment of pollutants. No other treatment infrastructure exists at the Subject Site.
5.2 Proposed
Stormwater Quality Management
In accordance with CN’s DCP 7.06, a MUSIC model was developed to determine the efficiency of the proposed water quality treatment train. The treatment train comprises:
• Grass lined swales to capture runoff from landscape areas and direct it to a bioretention garden.
• Bioretention garden, water will be directed through the filter media before discharging through the outlet pipe.
• Proposed surface inlet pits in driveway to have ocean protect ‘OceanGuard’ inserts (2 total).
• Rainwater tanks sized to meet at least 80% of non-potable demand including outdoor use and toilets.
A summary of the water quality reduction targets and MUSIC model results are shown in Table 2.
*Target reductions are based on Table 4 of the CN DCP Section 7.06.
Table 2 - Water quality targets and MUSIC model results
6 Rainwater Harvesting and Reuse
6.1 City of Newcastle Requirements
The CN DCP 7.07 Water Efficiency provides general controls for all developments to improve the efficiency of water usage and to reduce the long-term water consumption through best practice water use. Controls include:
1. Where plumbing fixtures and water appliances are proposed to be installed, such are to be of the following types:
a. a minimum WELS 3 Star Water Rating
b. maximum 6L dual flush toilet cisterns where they are not supplied by a roof water tank.
2. Where washing appliances are installed, they are WELS 3 Star (or better) Water Rated where they are not supplied by a roof water tank.
3. Where installed, garden water hoses are fitted with trigger nozzles in order to maximise the efficiency of garden watering.
4. A rainwater tank is installed for the dual purposes of mains water demand management and reducing the volume of stormwater discharge from sites. The rainwater tank must be connected to roof areas and not be connected to possible contaminating water sources. All rainwater tanks must be fitted with a first flush device to prevent contaminates fouling water and to prolong the life of the tank. Rainwater tanks should be designed to cater for maintenance and cleaning.
Where rainwater tanks are provided, the volume of the tank can be used to offset any additional discharge control storage that is required. Rainwater tanks are to supply water for toilets, watering systems and other reuse devices and be designed and installed in accordance with Council’s Stormwater and Water Efficiency for Development Technical Manual.
5. Toilets and watering systems for landscaping are connected to rainwater supply.
6.2 Proposed Rainwater Reuse Methodology
The proposed Union St building shall be connected to a 25kL rainwater tank at the northwest corner of the building. Sizing of the rainwater tank has been undertaken using MUSIC modelling software, to meet 70% of reuse demand. The rainwater tank shall include a first flush device and be connected to toilets and for outdoor use.
To maximise the efficiency of water reuse, installed toilets shall be a minimum WELS 3 Star Water Rated. Trigger nozzles shall be provided for any garden hoses connected to rainwater tanks, including the existing tanks adjacent Parkway Avenue.
No provision has been made for discharge control storage within the rainwater tanks given the site is flood affected in storm events greater than the 10% AEP, as discussed in Section 4
7 Operation and Maintenance Plan
The stormwater drainage system and treatment devices will need to be maintained at regular intervals to ensure they continue operate as designed. LDCE recommends monitoring and recording the performance of the stormwater system and treatment devices in accordance with the inspection and maintenance schedule provided in Table 1. Maintenance shall typically occur as required and not necessarily at every inspection interval, the person conducting the inspection should use their discretion. It is recommended that inspections of all new stormwater systems also be completed after large rainfall events.
The MUSIC program documentation estimates that bioretention gardens can have a life cycle greater than 25 years if well maintained If the basin stores water longer than one week after rainfall, the sub-soil drainage and filter media should be replaced. It should be noted that bioretention gardens are particularly susceptible to clogging during the establishment period before plant roots have grown down through the filter media. Additional maintenance information for bioretention gardens can be found in Melbourne Water’s “WSUD maintenance guidelines: A guide for asset managers”.
Table 3 - Operation and Maintenance Intervals and Procedures
Pits And Pipes
Litter Baskets (OceanGuard)
Bio-Retention Filter and Outlet
Rainwater Re-Use
Remove and dispose of debris from item
Remove and dispose of debris from item
Remove and dispose of debris from item
Replace filter medium as required (25 years max)
Remove and dispose of debris from item, clean inside of tank (5 years maximum)
8 Conclusion
LDCE has prepared this report to provide background and context to the design assumptions and modelling methodologies employed that have guided the design of the site as depicted in the civil drawings package. The civil design documentation for the Newcastle Grammar School Park Campus has been prepared to support the SSD and DA processes (as required) to gain concept approval for the proposed development.
The Flood Impact Assessment undertaken by Torrent Consulting determined that the site is flood affected in storm events greater than the 10% AEP. During the 1% AEP event, the site is affected by medium hazard H3 flooding (AIDR classification) in the northwest corner which presents a potential risk for all vehicles, children, and the elderly. The Subject Site is affected by a high hazard H5 flood environment in the PMF event, presenting a risk to less robust structures. The heavy building constructions within the Subject Site would not be expected to suffer significant damage. Measures shall be adopted in accordance with CN’s DCP 4.01 to mitigate flood impacts causing risk to property and risk to life. Measures include the provision of flood free refuge above the PMF flood level, floor levels above the FPL (3.55m AHD), structural design to withstand the PMF flood conditions and flood proofing measures for materials and electrical circuits below the FPL.
In accordance with the Blue Book, a SWMP has been prepared to mitigate sediment and erosion impacts on the site. RUSLE method calculations for Subject Site’s annual soil loss were less than 150 m3/year, indicating a sediment basin is not required.
All new roof area will be directed to an above ground rainwater harvesting tank and runoff from majority of the landscape areas will be treated by a bioretention garden. It is proposed that OSD has been excluded from the civil documentation as it is anticipated to have negligible effect due to the impact of flood waters. LDCE considers the adopted drainage design will improve site drainage and nuisance water ponding in low lying areas of the site.
References
Australian Rainfall and Runoff “Guide to Flood Estimation”, 2019.
City of Newcastle, “Development Control Plan: Section 4.01 Flood Management”, 2012.
City of Newcastle, “Development Control Plan: Section 7.06 Stormwater”, 2012
City of Newcastle, “Development Control Plan: Section 7.07 Water Efficiency”, 2012
City of Newcastle, “Stormwater and Water Efficiency for Development Technical Manual”, April 2019.
Melbourne Water, “WSUD maintenance guidelines: A guide for asset managers”, 2013.
Torrent Consulting, “Newcastle Grammar School Flood Impact Assessment”, R.T2030.001.03, March 2022, Revised Draft Report.
Construction Soil and Water Management Plan: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Northrop Consulting Engineers - NL221250_E02 [C] Revision C – 05/12/2023
Report Document Control
Project: Newcastle Grammar School
ProjectRef: NL221250
DocumentRef: E02
FileName: NL221250_E02 [C] - CSWMP
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Title: Construction Soil and Water Management Plan
RevisionHistory:
A Draft 07/09/2023 J. Lamble C. Piper C. Bendeich
B Issued for Approval 22/09/2023 J. Lamble C. Piper C. Bendeich
C Amended 05/12/2023 J. Lamble D. Jarvis C. Piper C. Bendeich
Northrop Consulting Engineers Pty Ltd (Northrop) has been retained to prepare this report based on specific instructions, scope of work and purpose pursuant to a contract with its client. It has been prepared in accordance with the usual care and thoroughness of the consulting profession for the use by St Patricks College and Hansen Yuncken. The report is based on generally accepted practices and standards applicable to the scope of work at the time it was prepared. No other warranty, express or implied, is made as to the professional advice included in this report.
Except where expressly permitted in writing or required by law, no third party may use or rely on this report unless otherwise agreed in writing by Northrop.
Where this report indicates that information has been provided to Northrop by third parties, Northrop has made no independent verification of this information except as expressly stated in the report. Northrop is not liable for any inaccuracies in or omissions to that information.
The report was prepared on the dates shown and is based on the conditions and information received at the time of preparation.
This report should be read in full, with reference made to all sources. No responsibility is accepted for use of any part of this report in any other context or for any other purpose. Northrop does not purport to give legal advice or financial advice. Appropriate specialist advice should be obtained where required.
To the extent permitted by law, Northrop expressly excludes any liability for any loss, damage, cost or expenses suffered by any third party relating to or resulting from the use of, or reliance on, any information contained in this report.
NL221250 / 5 December 2023 / Revision C \\ne-nclfp1\job_files1\YEAR 2022
1 Background
1.1 TheDevelopment
Newcastle Grammar School is seeking to refurbish and expand its educational facilities at its Park Campus, located at 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill.
The proposed development will consist of two separable portions, which include:
• Separable Portion 1: Demolition of Block F & existing structures across site, Construction of the Union St Building, External Works to Block A, Kiss & Drop, and landscaping/external works.
• Separable Portion 2: Demolition of Blocks C & D and existing structures across site, Refurbishment of Block B, Play Areas adjacent to Corlette St, and landscaping/external works.
The proposed development is over a portion of the following lot:
• Lot 102, DP861562
The approximate extent of the proposed development is illustrated below in Figure1, herein referred to as “the site”.
Figure 1 - Proposed Development Footprint
1.2 ExistingSite
The existing site (Lot 102, DP861562) is approximately 9385 m2 in total, with around 3968 m2 being utilised for Separable Portion 1, and 4441 m2 for Separable Portion 2 of the proposed development. The existing site consists of 5 detached educational and administrative buildings (Blocks A-F, including an annexe to Block B) generally located around the perimeter of the site, with concrete pathways, garden beds, concrete basketball courts, shade cloths, sand pits and other landscaped play areas constituting the remaining site areas.
The site generally falls from south to north at grades of approximately 1-3.5%, and is bounded by Union Street (north-west), Parkway Avenue (south-west), Corlette Street (south-east) and a residential unit complex (north-east).
1.3 Off-SiteStormwaterFlows
Analysis of LiDAR information, site survey and the ‘Newcastle Grammar School Flood Impact Assessment’ R.T2030.001.03 prepared by Torrent Consulting (March 2022) was performed to identify potential flows from off the site that could enter the site disturbance area during large storm events The existing site and surrounding areas generally grade to the north. During significant storm events (1 in 1-year ARI event and above), flows are expected to potentially enter the site from stormwater channel along Parkway Avenue to the south-west, the Cottage Creek stormwater channel to the north-east, and overland flow from the Nesca Park catchment to the east.
2 Soil and Water Management
Northrop Consulting Engineers have prepared a Soil and Water Management Sub-Plan (CSWMSP) in accordance with the guidelines set out in Landform’s ‘Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction’ (‘The Blue Book’). The plan, DD-C02.01, included in Appendix A, is to provide guidance on the management of soil and water during the development’s construction and should be read in conjunction with this report.
The Contractor shall be responsible for adequately managing site stormwater runoff with the aim of preventing erosion and deposition, specifically within water ways or stormwater drains. The general principles for management are to eliminate, isolate, minimise or control erosion, and therefore minimise the potential for sediment deposition to have an effect on downstream environments.
All work is to be carried out in accordance with relevant ordinances and regulations; note in particular the requirements of the ‘Blue Book’ (‘Managing Urban Stormwater – Soils and Construction,’ Landcom, 2004). The Contractor shall be responsible for adequately implementing the measures to comply with all relevant legislation.
2.1 ErosionandSedimentControls
The erosion and sediment controls are shown in the ‘Erosion and Sediment Control Plan’ DD-C02.01 in Appendix A. These controls are:
• Perimetersedimentcontrolfence: approximately 200m in length, to be installed along the site perimeter to the low north-eastern half of site, to prevent sediment-laden runoff leaving the disturbed area.
• Stockpilesedimentcontrolfences: to be installed two metres downslope of all stockpiles to trap sediment runoff and prevent material being displaced from the stockpile location.
• Earthbanks: a permanent diversion mound is to be installed around all stockpiles to ensure soil and/or materials are not affected by upstream stormwater. Diversion mounds are also to be installed when storm events equal to or above the 1-year ARI are expected.
• Pitinletfilters: to be installed around all grated inlet pits to prevent sediment entering stormwater pits.
• Stabilisedsiteaccess: to be installed at site access points to minimise sediment carried offsite by vehicles.
In addition to the above, it is the contractor’s responsibility to ensure equipment, materials and plant are safely stored for all rainfall events. If rainfall is expected, these items should be stored away from any steep surfaces and potential stormwater streams. Loose items (hand tools, tool bits, nails etc.) should be stored appropriately to ensure they aren’t covered or swept away during rainfall events.
Contractors should also take necessary action to maintain soil stability during rainfall events. Any batter slopes should be installed as per the Geotechnical Engineer’s advice to ensure slopes won’t fail in the case of wet weather events.
2.2 GroundwaterManagementandRemovalofPondedWater
As presented in the Geotechnical Assessment prepared by Tetra Tech Coffey, dated 19 February 2021 (ref: 754-NTLGE282007-AD), the water table was encountered at depths of 1.2m to 2.0m below the ground surface. As the predominate component of the fill material was sand, significant inflow into excavations greater than 1.2m should be expected. As the lowest proposed excavation depth is less than 1.2m below existing levels, it is not expected to encounter groundwater during construction. However, should groundwater be encountered, groundwater ingress may be reduced by sheet piling into low permeability layers to allow for dewatering of the area, if required. Dewatering of the surrounding area, if required, may cause settlement on adjacent properties. If dewatering is required, a detailed groundwater extraction plan should be commissioned to assess the potential for causing settlement on adjacent properties and for managing disposal of water.
Furthermore, ponding may occur during rain events in any excavations with base levels below the FPL of 3.55 m AHD, and pumping of any ponded water may be necessary (upon approval from the Superintendent).
All water pumped or otherwise removed from excavations or basement areas must be filtered to achieve suspended solids/non filterable residue levels complying with the Australian Water Quality guidelines for Fresh and Marine Waters. In their absence, the water should comply with the following characteristics as a minimum:
• pH between 6.5-6.8;
• Total Suspended Solids (TSS) less than 50mg/L; and
• Electrical Conductivity of 200µs/cm (0.2ms/cm) or less than or equal to background levels.
2.3 EstimationofSoilLoss
The annual soil loss was previously estimated using the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) Method in accordance with Appendix A of the ‘Blue Book.’ It was determined that the annual soil loss is expected to me less than 150 m3, and therefore in accordance with Section 6.3.2(d) of the ‘Blue Book’, the construction of a sediment basin can be considered unnecessary.
For the purposes of these calculations, and in accordance with the erodibility data provided in the NSW Department of Planning and Environment Soil Landscape Report for the ‘Hamilton (hm)’ soil landscape, three scenarios were considered:
• Scenario1: Soil ‘hm1’ – Type F, ‘K’ = 0.015
• Scenario2: Soil ‘hm2’ – Type F, ‘K’ = 0.016
• Scenario3: Soil ‘hm3’ – Type F, ‘K’ = 0.009
The RUSLE Method calculations are presented below:
SoilLossCalculations(RUSLEMethod)
Soil Analysis
Soiltexturegroup F F F ‘Hamilton(hm)’soillandscapereport (viaNSWDPEeSpadetool)
Sediment basin not required as total site soil loss does not exceed 150 m3 / year.
2.4 ControlsforLargeStormEvents
For the purpose of this report, large storm events are defined as events equal to or larger than the 1 in 1-year ARI event. For this site, the 1 in 1-year ARI storm event is equivalent to 27.5mm within an hour, 85.2mm within 24 hours, or 120mm within 72 hours (BOM Design Rainfall Data System, 2016). It is the Contractor’s responsibility to monitor weather reports daily to identify any upcoming large storm events and install the below-mentioned controls prior to the rainfall event beginning.
If a large storm event is expected, the contractor is to confirm the integrity of all controls shown in the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan in Appendix A. To prevent any surface flow entering from the southern and eastern site boundaries, sandbags or diversion mounds should be installed at site access points to direct water away from the disturbance area.
If clean upstream water is found to be entering the site during smaller rainfall events, the contractor is to provide permanent diversion mounds around the site perimeter (with the approval of relevant Council authorities).
2.5
DustManagement
To ensure that dust generation is eliminated or reduced where possible and practical, all site operations shall be undertaken with consideration given to their potential to produce dust. A management strategy of ‘avoid > minimise > control’ shall be implemented.
The Contractor shall instigate measures to minimise and control generation of dust from the site. These measures shall include, but not be limited to:
• Program works around periods of significant and adverse meteorological conditions.
• Install wind fences around stockpiles with significant amounts of fine particulates.
• Maintain vegetation across the site where possible, otherwise establish vegetation or seal disturbed site areas as soon as practical.
• Provide water trucks or sprinkling devices during construction as required to suppress dust, specifically for site vehicular traffic or dumping and filling operations.
2.6 ManagementofAcidSulfateSoils
Should acid sulfate soils be encountered during construction, contingency controls and management procedures are to be carried out in accordance with the Acid Sulphate Soil Management Plan prepared by Tetra Tech Coffey, dated 2 June 2021 (ref: 754-NTLGE282007-AH).
Only virgin excavated natural material (VENM), excavated natural material (ENM) or other material approved in writing by the NSW Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), is brought onto the site. Accurate records of the volume and type of fill to be used must be kept. The records must be available to the NSW Department of Planning & Environment and Certifying Authority upon request.
Any excavated material to be removed from the site is to be assessed, classified, transported and disposed of in accordance with the NSW Environmental Protection Authority ‘Waste Classification Guidelines Part 1: Classifying Waste’.
2.8 OngoingManagementofControls
The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, including the associated erosion and sediment control notes and details, is included in Appendix A. The Contractor must adhere to all details, notes and specifications provided in the Plan, and should ensure the controls specified are maintained throughout construction. Inspections of all controls must occur daily and after any rainfall events, and maintenance of controls should be implemented immediately after any defect is detected. Maintenance activities include, but are not limited to:
• Removal of sediment build-up around sediment fence, diversion mounds and pit inlet filters.
• Ensure the minimum dimensions specified in the Erosion and Sediment Control Details are maintained.
• Remove any build-up of sediment around the stabilised site access.
• Replace any broken sediment fence, including sections with tears or holes.
• Ensure stockpile heights do not exceed 2m or as specified by a relevant Council Authority.
• Ensure stockpile material is maintained within the designated stockpile area.
• Inspect earth batters to ensure maximum grades (as specified by the Geotechnical Engineer) are not exceeded. The Contractor is to seek advice from the Geotechnical Engineer if batter slopes or excavations require stabilisation.
• Ensure no sediment is entering stormwater pits. If required, remove sediment and ensure pit inlet filters are installed correctly.
• Following rainfall, the Contractor must inspect the site to ensure no significant scouring is occurring and ensure no sediment-laden runoff is exiting the site area.
• The Contractor is to implement additional erosion and sediment controls if required (upon approval from the relevant Council Authority).
2.9 PlanManagementandUpdates
Please note that this report is prepared as a guide. It is expected that the Contractor will regularly review the effectiveness of this plan and amend or adapt as needed as the site develops and changes to comply with all relevant legislation. Ultimately, it is the Contractors responsibility to ensure compliance with relevant standards and guidelines.
Appendix A -
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
Appendix B –
SITE ESTABLISHMENT PLAN
SITE ACCESS ROAD
Design Certificate External Lighting: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Certification: Electrical Projects Australia – 29/05/2024
Core Project Group Pty Ltd
152 Maitland Road Islington NSW 2296
29 May 2024
Re: DESIGN CERTIFICATE EXTERNAL LIGHTING
Project Address: 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW 2300
Project Name: Newcastle Grammar School (SSD-13895306)
Pursuant to the provisions of Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) in respect of the above project –
I, Paul Malanchuk, of Electrical Projects Australia at 386, Maitland Road, Newcastle hereby certify that;
• I am a practicing electrical engineer.
• My relevant qualifications are: B.Eng. (Elec) 1995
• The external lighting for this project complies with the requirements of;
• AS/NZS 4282:2019 - Control of the obtrusive effects of outdoor lighting
Signed:
29/05/2024 On behalf of Electrical Projects Australia
SLR Ref: 631.30050-R01
Version No: -v0.1 October 2021
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Newcastle Grammar School - Park Campus 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW 2300
This report has been prepared by SLR Consulting Australia Pty Ltd (SLR) with all reasonable skill, care and diligence, and taking account of the timescale and resources allocated to it by agreement with APP Corporation (the Client). Information reported herein is based on the interpretation of data collected, which has been accepted in good faith as being accurate and valid.
This report is for the exclusive use of the Client. No warranties or guarantees are expressed or should be inferred by any third parties. This report may not be relied upon by other parties without written consent from SLR
SLR disclaims any responsibility to the Client and others in respect of any matters outside the agreed scope of the work.
1 Project Details
Project
Alterations and Additions to Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus
Address
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW 2300
Details of proposed development
• Demolition of the existing covered outdoor learning area (COLA) and existing Blocks C, D and F;
• Construction of an internal road along the northern boundary of the site. This road will act as a ‘kiss and drop off’ drive through access and provide one way traffic flow to ensure safe movement. A gate system will be in place during school hours allowing the internal road and parking areas to be used as additional playground space;
• Construction of the Union Street Building, which is a proposed three-storey building including undercroft and additional roof top play area, in keeping with the scale of development at nearby residential sites. The ground floor will be open acting as a COLA and an extension of the play area;
• Construction of the proposed Corlette Street Building, which includes a semi basement car parking level (31-35 car parking spaces) and two storeys of teaching space above;
• Alterations of existing Building A including a two storey addition and the refurbishment of the Sandi Warren Performance Centre. Alterations will accommodate the Canteen, and Specialist Learning facilities;
• Building B refurbishment, to be used for administration, staff rooms and offices; and
• Associated landscaping and stormwater upgrades.
2 Demolition
This development involves demolition which will create potential for waste generation on site.
The proposed demolition works are outlines within the Architectural Plans provided within Appendix G. A Hazardous Substances Management Plan prepared by Practical Environmental Solutions has bene provided at B Appendix HH.
The proposed development involves the demolition of the Demolition of the existing covered outdoor learning area (COLA) and existing Block C, D and F Demolition will be carried out in accordance with the AS2601.2001 “The Demolition of Structures”.
Waste Management
Waste management should be in accordance with the Waste Avoidance and Recovery Act 2001 and Section 7.8 of the DCP from the City of Newcastle
The objectives of the Waste Avoidance and Recovery Act are as follows:
(a) to encourage the most efficient use of resources and to reduce environmental harm in accordance with the principles of ecologically sustainable development,
(b) to ensure that resource management options are considered against a hierarchy of the following order
(i) avoidance of unnecessary resource consumption,
(ii) resource recovery (including reuse, reprocessing, recycling and energy recovery),
(iii) disposal,
(c) to provide for the continual reduction in waste generation,
(d) to minimise the consumption of natural resources and the final disposal of waste by encouraging the avoidance of waste and the reuse and recycling of waste,
(e) to ensure that industry shares with the community the responsibility for reducing and dealing with waste,
(f) to ensure the efficient funding of waste and resource management planning, programs and service delivery,
(g) to achieve integrated waste and resource management planning, programs and service delivery on a Statewide basis,
(h) to assist in the achievement of the objectives of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997.
Assessment of the Newcastle DCP 2012 has been conducted within the DCP Compliance Tables located at Appendix NN.
Hazardous Materials
A Hazardous Substances Management Plan prepared by Practical Environmental Solutions has bene provided at B Appendix HH.
Based on the result of a Hazardous Materials Site Audit, no asbestos-containing materials have been incorporated into the construction of any existing building noting an exception for an electrical switchboard insulation panel on the Administration building (Building F)
While no asbestos-containing materials were identified, an unexpected finds protocol is to be in place during the demolition and refurbishment works to ensure any discovered asbestos is removed safely and in accordance with all relevant legislation and guidelines by suitably qualified professionals.
Demolition Waste Generation
Contractors on site will remove materials in accordance with local waste authority requirements. Table 1 projects the amount of demolished waste materials likely to require removal from site
Table 1 Projected Demolition Waste Generation
Type
Excavated Earth Material
TBA
Contaminated Excavated Earth Material
TBA
Metal < 30m3
Concrete < 220m3
(t)
Masonry and tiles < 200m3
Timber <150m3
Glazing < 5m3
Plasterboard < 10m3
Reuse and Recycling Disposal
Possible reuse of soil for backfilling purposes.
Excavated material to be disposed at local waste facility.
Reuse within grouting mixture
Sent to local metal recycler
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Un-recyclable excavated material to be disposed at local waste facility.
Disposed of at appropriately licenced facility
Other waste e.g. pvc plastics, paint, paper / cardboard < 20m³
Paper and cardboard disposed of at local recycling facility
Disposed of at local waste facility
3 Construction
Waste Reduction Measures
Waste reduction and avoidance measures will be encouraged during the construction phase of the development, with the following measures implemented:
• Only demolish the necessary parts of buildings on site and reuse where possible;
• Salvage demolished materials where practical for recycling and reuse;
• Buildings designed to suit typical material sizes, including brick and FC cladding sheet dimensions;
• All fixtures and fittings to be made to measure;
• Recycled materials will be utilised wherever possible;
• Measures will be taken to ensure the construction contractor is aware of the waste management procedures and adheres to appropriate guidelines; and
• The remaining waste to be transported to a recognised builders recycling yard or waste facility.
The contractors appointed for the demolition and construction works will commit to targeting at least 80% of construction and demolition waste to be diverted from landfill and aim for 90% in accordance with the Green Star requirements. Sufficient space and access for the segregation, storage and removal of general waste and recyclables will be provided as part of the construction and demolition process.
Remediation Works
As a result of contaminated material being identified within the site, a remediation action plan (RAP) has been prepared by Tetra Tech Coffey provided at Appendix Y. The preferred RAP strategy includes the excavation and reuse of PAH impacted fill soils as grouting mix for use in filling underground mine shafts as part of stabilisation works.
This will minimise the amount of contaminated material disposed of at waste management facilities enhancing environmental outcomes of the development. The exact volumes are not currently known however tracking of exact volumes of material is a requirement of the proposed RAP with records to be maintained and provided where necessary.
Acid Sulfate Soils Management
An acid sulfate soils management plan (ASSMP) has been prepared by Tetra Tech Coffey and provided at B Appendix QQ.
The proposed development will operate under a process where disturbance of Acid Sulfate Soils (ASS) is avoided in a first instance in accordance with the Acid Sulfate Soils Manual 1998.
The ASSMP prescribes a process of onsite treatment utilising liming for discovered ASS followed by offsite disposal at appropriately licenced facilities. Due to the nature of ASS, existing volumes are unknown however all volumes of treated and disposed material are to be recorded and maintained for inspection.
Construction Waste Generation
Construction waste will be separated on site by builder’s contractors and builder’s laborer’s during the construction stage. The site needs to be checked on a regular basis to make sure no recyclable materials are mixed with non-recyclable materials; and to set aside on site an area to store the recyclable materials for transportation to local recycling plants. Table 2 provides projected construction waste amounts.
Table 2
Projected Construction Waste
Metal < 20m3
Concrete < 320m3
Masonry and tiles < 60m3
Timber <20m3
Glazing < 3m3
Plasterboard < 10m3
Other waste e.g. pvc plastics, paint, paper / cardboard < m³
4 Ongoing Operation
Sent to local metal recycler
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Unused disposed of at local waste facility by contractor
Paper and cardboard disposed of at local recycling facility
Disposed of at local waste facility
The schools current waste generation will increase in accordance with the increase in student numbers by bringing Year 5 and 6 students back to the Park Campus. Regardless of this, the waste reduction measures and collection schedules will remain as follows.
Waste collection is engaged both through private and City of Newcastle. JJ Richards are currently engaged who service a General/Landfill and Recycling. There are also have several large Council yellow wheelie bins. All Bins are currently collected off Parkway Avenue. The bin enclosure is near the Building Distributor / Fire Exit and Substation.
Private collection:
• Landfill. 2x1100L Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
• Recycling. 660L Wednesday and Friday.
Waste Minimisation:
• Return and Earn program in place
• Steel / Metal recycling program
• P/Copier ink recycling program
• Compost bins utilised for some green waste
It is planned that a Waste Audit is conducted on both NGS campuses this year to assess further waste minimisation strategies and targets. Bins are put out by the NGS maintenance team at approx. 7am on morning of collection and brought back in post service.
Figure 1 Proposed Waste Storage Area
Waste Storage Area
Location
• Parkway Avenue will remain the most appropriate access for waste collection. This is due to the following reasons
• The limited size of Corlette Street, turning access onto the site and noise of truck opening gate access
• Duty of care concerns; and
• Reliability of servicing schedule timeliness and potential overlay with other use restriction or look
ASIA PACIFIC OFFICES
ADELAIDE
60 Halifax Street
Adelaide SA 5000
Australia
T: +61 431 516 449
GOLD COAST
Level 2, 194 Varsity Parade
Varsity Lakes QLD 4227
Australia
M: +61 438 763 516
NEWCASTLE
10 Kings Road
New Lambton NSW 2305
Australia
T: +61 2 4037 3200
F: +61 2 4037 3201
WOLLONGONG
Level 1, The Central Building
UoW Innovation Campus
North Wollongong NSW 2500
Australia
T: +61 2 4249 1000
AUCKLAND
Level 4, 12 O'Connell Street
Auckland 1010
New Zealand
T: 0800 757 695
SINGAPORE
39b Craig Road
Singapore 089677
T: +65 6822 2203
BRISBANE
Level 2, 15 Astor Terrace
Spring Hill QLD 4000
Australia
T: +61 7 3858 4800
F: +61 7 3858 4801
MACKAY
21 River Street
Mackay QLD 4740
Australia
T: +61 7 3181 3300
PERTH
Grd Floor, 503 Murray Street
Perth WA 6000
Australia
T: +61 8 9422 5900
F: +61 8 9422 5901
CANBERRA
GPO 410
Canberra ACT 2600
Australia
T: +61 2 6287 0800
F: +61 2 9427 8200
MELBOURNE
Level 11, 176 Wellington Parade
East Melbourne VIC 3002
Australia
T: +61 3 9249 9400
F: +61 3 9249 9499
SYDNEY
Tenancy 202 Submarine School
Sub Base Platypus
120 High Street
North Sydney NSW 2060
Australia
T: +61 2 9427 8100
F: +61 2 9427 8200
NELSON
6/A Cambridge Street
Richmond, Nelson 7020
New Zealand
T: +64 274 898 628
WELLINGTON
12A Waterloo Quay
Wellington 6011
New Zealand
T: +64 2181 7186
DARWIN
Unit 5, 21 Parap Road
Parap NT 0820
Australia
T: +61 8 8998 0100
F: +61 8 9370 0101
NEWCASTLE CBD
Suite 2B, 125 Bull Street
Newcastle West NSW 2302
Australia
T: +61 2 4940 0442
TOWNSVILLE
12 Cannan Street
South Townsville QLD 4810
Australia
T: +61 7 4722 8000
F: +61 7 4722 8001
Hazardous Substances Management Plan: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Practical Environmental Solutions - Revision 0 – May 2021
This report has been produced for the sole use of the party who requested it. The application or use of the report and of any data or information (including results of any testing, conclusions, and recommendations) contained within it shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of that party. Practical Environmental Solutions does not provide any warranty or assurance as to the accuracy or suitability of the whole or any part of the report, for any particular purpose or application. Subject only to any contrary non-excludable obligations neither PES nor its personnel will be responsible to the party requesting the report, or any consequences of its use or application (whether in part or whole).
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ACD Asbestos-Containing Debris/Dust
ACM Asbestos-Containing Material
CFCS Corrugated Fibrous Cement Sheet
CFC Compressed Fibrous Cement (‘FRC’)
EPA Environment Protection Authority
FFCS Flat Fibrous Cement Sheet
NATA National Association of Testing Authorities of Australia
PES Practical Environmental Solutions
SAFEWORK SafeWork NSW
SP Strongly Presumed
FRC Fibre Reinforced Cement aka ‘compressed’.
MMMF Man Made Mineral Fibres
SMF Synthetic Mineral Fibres
NAD No Asbestos Detected
Chrysotile White Asbestos
Amosite Brown Asbestos (Asbestos Mines of South Africa -site)
Crocidolite Blue Asbestos
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Practical Environmental Solutions Pty Ltd. (PES) was commissioned by Brendan Fisher for APP Corporation Pty Ltd. on behalf of our respective Client, Newcastle Grammar School, to prepare a Hazardous Substances Management Plan (HSMP) for all built infrastructure standing on the School’s Park Campus in the inner Newcastle NSW suburb of Cooks Hill.
The land is described as Lot 102 DP 861562 and bounded by Union Street, Parkway Avenue and Corlette Streets. The relevant Local Government Area (LGA) is Newcastle City Council.
The field audit phase of this service provision was conducted on the afternoon of Monday 17 May 2021 by PES’s Tony Milligan with Nick Milligan The structures were not occupied at the time of inspection due the audit taking place after school hours
In precis, an asbestos containing material is now identified as:
• Wall lining (inside LHS of leftmost roller door of storage shed) – Flat Fibre Cement Sheet
Administration Building
• FFCS eave lining to Administration building
Performance Hall
• Blue-coloured toilet cubicle partitions to spaces at the rear of the stage Fibre Reinforced Cement
This audit and report do not in themselves constitute an Asbestos Removal Control Plan. The lawful responsibility for preparation of an Asbestos Removal Control Plan lies with the engaged, SafeWork NSW-licensed asbestos removal contractor.
However, subject to a site-specific removal plan prepared by the licensed removalist, this report provides information with respect to the general requirements for the removal / clean-up of bonded asbestos.
The limitations of this report are summarised in Section 9
PLEASE NOTE: Based on the known build dates of the buildings known respectively as the ‘Performance Centre’ and ‘The Sarich Building’, Practical Environmental Solutions contends that no asbestos-containing materials were incorporated into the construction of these buildings.
The manufacture of building products that contained asbestos had been phased out since the early 1908s and completely banned in December 2003.
Except for a ‘suspicious’ electrical switchboard insulation panel on the Administration Building, we would contend that no asbestos-containing materials have been incorporated into the construction of any building currently standing within the bounds of the NGS Park Campus.
2 INTRODUCTION
Practical Environmental Solutions Pty Ltd (PES) was commissioned by Brendan Fisher for APP Corporation Pty Ltd. on behalf of our respective Client, Newcastle Grammar School, to prepare a Hazardous Substances Management Plan (HSMP) for all built infrastructure standing on the School’s Park Campus in the inner Newcastle NSW suburb of Cooks Hill
The land is described as Lot 102 DP 861562 and bounded by Union Street, Parkway Avenue and Corlette Streets. The relevant Local Government Area (LGA) is Newcastle City Council
The findings of this audit will form the scope of work for the removal of identified, hazard-containing building materials from any of the existing built infrastructure; prior to any demolition works undertaken on the site.
This HSMP will facilitate, in part, the proponent’s compliance with any relevant approval condition relating to the identification of any hazardous substances within the structure prior to any demolition works taking place. This report also includes an asbestos register; in line with the SafeWork Authority of NSW’s requirement of hazard and demolition contractors licensed by it.
Provision of information with respect to the identification, location and condition of building materials known to be injurious to human health is a pre-requisite to the safe removal of hazards of concern from these buildings by a suitably licensed removal and demolition contractor.
3 SCOPE OF WORKS
PES understood the scope of works for this engagement to be:
• A thorough inspection of the fabric of all built infrastructure on the land described, internally and externally, to determine the presence or otherwise of all hazardous materials 1 with particular emphasis on the hazard of concern, asbestos. The inspection was limited to the accessible parts of the building at the time of field work and
• Preparation of a Hazardous Substances Management Plan (HSMP) including a register describing the type, location, and condition of identified hazardous materials so that the Client is informed and, in turn, is able to inform any entity or person who may, for whatever reason, come into contact with this building. The HSMP is to include photo identification of the building and identified hazards as well as copies of any NATA-accredited analytical certification generated as a result of the audit.
1 Materials known to be hazardous include those containing SMF (Synthetic Mineral Fibre) products, asbestos-based building materials, lead-based paint and PCB-containing capacitors typically found in old fluorescent light fittings.
4 TABLE OF SAMPLE RESULTS – 2014 PRACTICAL ENVIRO AUDIT
Sample No. Date Analysed Sample Description
PS1 2nd August 2013
PS2
PS3
2nd August 2013
2nd August 2013
PS4 2nd August 2013
PS5 2nd August 2013
PS6
PS7
2nd August 2013
2nd August 2013
Woodgrain-effect ‘Hardiplank®’ wall board cladding to storage sheds adjacent to Pre-School (now Art Space) off Corlette Street
FRC structural flooring – Former pre-school spaces (now Art Space) ’Compressed’ cement flooring to classrooms & outside elements (ramp and decking to covered verandah)
No Asbestos Detected
No Asbestos Detected
FFCS wall lining in space within area described for PS2 No Asbestos Detected
FRC ‘compressed’ – Wall cladding to southern end of former pre-school (now Art Space) building No Asbestos Detected
FFCS eave lining to Administration building No Asbestos Detected
Ceiling insulation above the stage in the Performance Centre
FRC wall partition to the stage in the Performance Centre.
5 TABLE OF SAMPLE RESULTS – 2021 PRACTICAL ENVIRO AUDIT
Sample No. Date Analysed
PS8 20th May 2021
PS9 20th May 2021
No Asbestos Detected
No Asbestos Detected
Flat Fibre Cement Sheet, wall lining (inside LHS of leftmost roller door of storage shed) No Asbestos Detected
Fibre Reinforced Cement, blue-coloured toilet cubicle partitions to bathroom of pre-school/art room. No Asbestos Detected
6 SAMPLING STRATEGY
PES conducted a review of past documents specifically pertaining to the presence of asbestos on the site including previous Asbestos Registers and Asbestos Surveys (completed by others). This was done to ensure no previously tested materials were unnecessarily re-tested, and to assist in the identification of ACM. Complementing existing information, a thorough re-audit and inspection of the built infrastructure on the subject land was undertaken.
During this audit, PES inspected all structures and locations therein where ACM has been identified and documented. Also, we have accounted for fibrous cement materials that are suspected of or have the potential to be an ACM that were previously presumed to be so ONLY or were inadvertently overlooked in previous audits.
Judgemental sampling of such materials was conducted with a view to providing a conclusive report of ACMs likely to be encountered by others during any maintenance work, refurbishment, asbestos removal and/or demolition operation. The sampling locations were chosen to limit damage to the material surface(s) and to prevent potential disturbance of the hazard, if any.
For an unexpected find of material that is suspected of or has the potential to contain asbestos but is not identified in the Asbestos Register, the recommendation is that the material be treated as asbestos containing until it can be analysed and proven otherwise
In these circumstances, a sample of the material (sampled by a competent person in the appropriate manner) shall be sent to a NATA-accredited laboratory for analysis; testing for the presence of asbestos. The result of this analysis is to be communicated to, and then noted on the register, by the person with principal control of the Asbestos Register for the site.
In the interim, the material shall be managed as if it were an asbestos-containing material; in line with the NSW Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
7 FIELD WORK
The field audit phase of this service provision was conducted on the afternoon of Monday 17 May 2021 by PES’s Tony Milligan with Nick Milligan. The structures were not occupied at the time of inspection due the audit taking place after school hours.
All accessible areas of the buildings were visually inspected with a view to identifying discernible, hazardous building materials. Judgemental sampling of materials suspected of or with the potential to be asbestos containing was conducted with a view to providing a conclusive report of hazardous materials likely to be encountered by others during any maintenance works conducted on this building or any removal and/or demolition operation.
8 RISK ASSESSMENT
The most significant hazard identified is the inhalation of asbestos fibres, which can lead to health impacts that include asbestosis, lung cancer and mesothelioma. Therefore, it is important that ACMs’ condition and location does not present a human exposure pathway, otherwise risks to health are increased.
A thorough risk assessment was conducted and is applicable to the audit conducted by PES of the site and to the ACM identified on the site and is not applicable to works which involve the disturbance of ACM on the site. The risk assessment attached in Appendix C provides details of the risk assessment algorithm and the risk assessment matrix used in the re-audit of building materials and fitments on the site.
This risk assessment addresses the health risks posed by ACMs and categorises each occurrence of ACM identified on the site and includes a risk assessment algorithm which is an assessment for friability, type of ACM product, labelling of material identified as ACM, accessibility of the ACM, and the condition of the ACM. A risk-based rating is then given to each ACM identified based on the score they achieved in the risk assessment algorithm. Additionally, a rating-based system for control measures is included in the attached risk assessment.
To determine the level of risk linked to the identified ACM the following areas needs to be assessed:
• Friability (friable or non-friable) of ACM;
• Product Type (Type of ACM);
• Labelling of ACM’s;
• Accessibility of the ACM; and
• Condition of ACM;
The components of this risk assessment algorithm, risk rating and control measures are detailed in the asbestos register for the site (Appendix C).
9 RESULTS OF THE AUDIT
The built infrastructure being audited is shown in the campus layout plan attached to this report:
9.1 ASBESTOS
During the 2021 audit only materials suspected of or with the potential to contain asbestos were collected for laboratory analysis; materials not analysed in previous audits.
Two (2) such material samples were sent to the NATA-accredited, Australian Safer Environment and Technology laboratory in Sydney for analysis.
Neither of those samples proved positive for the presence of asbestos.
In precis, an asbestos containing material is now identified as:
• Wall lining (inside LHS of leftmost roller door of storage shed) – Flat Fibre Cement Sheet
Administration Building
• FFCS eave lining to Administration building
Performance Hall
• Blue-coloured toilet cubicle partitions to spaces at the rear of the stage Fibre Reinforced Cement
9.2 SWITCHBOARDS
There are electrical switchboards located throughout the campus, though the switchboard of particular concern is on the end of the library building The switchboard was live at the time and as such the insulation panel was not able to be safely sampled.
The insulation panel (backing board) was of like age and appearance to proven asbestos containing materials (ACM 2) utilised in this manner and as such will almost certainly be an asbestos-containing material.
Without sampling, we would advise that it be considered an ACM and treated accordingly.
9.3
LEAD PAINT
Surfaces throughout the structure are painted; the accepted means of preservation and decoration.
In this instance, paints were not sampled. Due to the industrial nature of the older buildings on the campus, the majority of windows are made from metal and the paint is not easily sampled.
However, due to the age of the buildings, the presence of lead-paint layers cannot be discounted; PES would presume that the lower layers of paint used on some surfaces will have been lead-based Materials with painted surfaces should be, as far as possible, removed or disposed intact, with minimal disturbance of the painted surfaces. PES’ assessment is based on this hazard being able to be managed in the workplace by regular maintenance of painted surfaces or should the building, or any part of it, be demolished that in NSW demolition waste containing lead-based paints may be regarded as “Solid Waste” and disposed of to a tip licensed to take general demolition waste. This method of disposal is accepted because the lead found in paint is generally in an insoluble form and unavailable for leaching into the environment.
2 ACM – Asbestos Containing Material
9.4 SYNTHETIC MINERAL FIBRES (SMF)
MMMF 3 (or SMFs as they are colloquially known) were observed in the ceiling voids of the Pre-School and Staff Room buildings.
SMF materials should be removed intact as far as possible, prior to renovation by a specialist contractor, and measures are taken to minimise the creation of dust. The contractor should adopt suitable personal protection systems, in accordance with Safe Work NSW guidelines at the time of demolition. Typical protection involves the use of overalls, gloves, safety boots, and filtration respirators.
9.5 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBs)
Fluorescent light fittings were observed in the building but not accessed due to the ‘live’ status of the building. These and any other fluorescent lights that may be discovered in areas that were inaccessible during the inspection, based on the age of the three (3) older buildings, are considered likely to contain PCBs.
10.1 ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM)
Following an inspection of the buildings except for a ‘suspicious’ electrical switchboard insulation panel on the Administration Building, we would contend that there no asbestos-containing materials have been incorporated into the construction of any building currently standing within the bounds of the NGS Park Campus.
However, should ACMs be encountered in areas that were inaccessible to PES during this or previous audits, the removal, handling, and disposal of any asbestos material is to be undertaken only by an asbestos removal contractor who holds the appropriate class (Class A_ friable OR Class B_nonfriable) of Asbestos Licence, issued by SafeWork NSW and must notify SafeWork NSW a minimum five (5) days prior to any removal operation.
Importantly, it has been mandatory since July 2012 that a clearance certificate be obtained following the removal of bonded asbestos by a Class B licensed contractor. The inspection and issue of a clearance is to be provided by an independent, competent person.
Further, the asbestos removal must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of SafeWork NSW and the National Occupational Health and Safety Commission’s Code of Practice for the Safe Removal of Asbestos, 2nd Edition [NOHSC: 2002 (2005)] and Code of Practice for the Management and Control of Asbestos in Workplaces [NOHSC: 2018 (2005)].
Further, all asbestos and other hazardous materials are to be appropriatel y contained and disposed of at a facility holding the appropriate license issued by the NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA). Tipping dockets should be provided to record that the asbestos was disposed of in the appropriate manner.
Any demolition or refurbishment works involving the existing buildings should allow for the removal and disposal of the ACM identified in this audit and any subsequent audit. The ACM should be removed prior to any other demolition works and visual and air clearances, determined by a risk assessment, provided by competent persons to validate that the ACM have been removed.
A Scope of Work should be produced defining the extent of work required for removal of the ACM and provided to licensed removal contractors for quotation purposes. Further, an Asbestos Removal Control Plan is advisable to document the agreed (between Client, removalist, and hygienist) methodology for the most cost efficient, regulatory compliant means of effecting the removal of the most significant hazard of concern, asbestos.
It is highly advisable that task specific Job Safety Analyses/Safe Work Method Statements should be developed by the licensed removal / demolition contractor and submitted to the building Principal for approval before work proceeds. These management plans would necessarily be kept on site along with other relevant site safety documentation.
A risk assessment process should be used to determine if monitoring of the atmosphere for airborne particulates should be carried out during the removal of ACM. Should air monitoring be deemed necessary, the monitoring is to be conducted in accordance with the National Occupational Health and Safety Commission’s (NOHSC) ‘Guidance Note on the Membrane Filter Method for Estimating
Airborne Asbestos Fibres, 2nd Edition [NOHSC:3003(2005)]’. The Time Weighted Average (TWA) airborne concentrations for asbestos shall not exceed the legislated exposure standard of 0.01 fibres/mL of air for Chrysotile, Amosite or Crocidolite asbestos. Any combination of these asbestos types, or where the composition is unknown – also 0.1 fibres/mL.
10.2 SYNTHETIC MINERAL FIBRE
Removal of any SMF materials should be carried out in accordance with the current requirements of legislation and the Worksafe Australia documentation, these being:
◘ National Standard for Synthetic Mineral Fibres.
◘ National Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres.
◘ Guidance Note on the Membrane Filter Method for the Estimation of Airborne Synthetic Mineral Fibres.
◘ Worksafe Australia exposure level for airborne synthetic mineral fibre is 0.5 fibre per millilitre of air (fibres/mL) as an 8-hour TWA.
10.3 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS
The serial numbers of the ballasts units inside any fluorescent lights capacitors should be removed intact at the time of demolition works and checked against a register of known PCBs to confirm the presence of PCBs. Any capacitors of an unknown nature should be deemed to contain PCBs. All capacitors containing PCBs (including those deemed to contain PCBs) should be disposed of properly, generally, necessitating the PCB-containing capacitor being wrapped in plastic and then stored in a sealed metal drum for transport to a facility specialising in Base Catalysed Dechlorination (BCD) or High Temperature Plasma Arc technologies which destruct PCB oil.
10.4 LEAD BASED PAINT
According to current standards and guidelines, where the percentage lead content of paint by weight exceeds 0.1% the paint should be stabilised or removed by either chemical means or in a manner, which does not liberate dust to the atmosphere. The waste material should be also tested for total lead and lead leachate to determine the appropriate method for disposal. The paint is not to be removed by dry sanding or by electrical means.
The current standards and guidelines pertaining to lead paint management, removal, stabilisation, and disposal include the following:
◘ Worksafe Australia exposure level for airborne lead is 0.15 mg/m³ as an 8-hour TWA.
◘ Australian Standard AS4361.1 :2017 _ Guide to hazardous paint management, Part 1: Lead and other hazardous metallic pigments in industrial applications.
◘ Australian Standard AS4361.2 :2017 _ Guide to hazardous paint management, Part 2: Lead paint in residential, public, and commercial buildings.
◘ "Managing Lead Contamination in Home Maintenance, Renovation & Demolition Practices A Guide for Council's" May 2003, published by NSW EPA & Planning NSW.
It should be noted that during any lead paint removal and prior to disposal of waste materials sampling should be undertaken to assess the appropriate waste disposal criteria. Results of the sample analysis should be compared against the NSW EPA Environmental Guidelines: Assessment, Classification and Management of Liquid & Non-Liquid Wastes to ensure correct disposal procedures are followed.
11 LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMER
This audit report was prepared for Brendan Fisher for APP Corporation Pty Ltd. solely for the purpose of identifying and documenting the presence of any hazard-containing materials in nominated built infrastructure standing on Newcastle Grammar School’s Park Campus, on the corner of Union Street and Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill NSW, 2300.
The audit was undertaken by a combination of visual inspection and minor intrusive means of all surfaces/materials of the building that were accessible to us at the time of our inspection. This means, therefore, that we cannot guarantee that each and every hazardous material that exists within the building has been located, identified, and documented by us in this report.
PES prepared this report for the purpose set out in the Introduction and because this report has been prepared for that purpose, it is not appropriate for this report to be used for any other purpose, without prior written consent. It is also not appropriate for this report to be released to any other party (either in whole or in part) without Practical Environmental Solutions Pty Ltd.’s prior written consent. Should you wish to use this report for a purpose other than the purpose for which it was prepared, or to release this report (either in whole or in part) to any other party, please contact PES to discuss the matter.
Please note, however, that in the event that this report is used for a purpose for which it was not prepared, and you have not obtained PES’s prior written consent to use the report for that purpose, then neither PES, nor any member or employee of PES, accept responsibility or liability for the use of this report for that purpose.
Where information or data from external sources/consultants has been included in this report; the reports, data or information has been reported on an as received basis with no extrapolation or interpretation made of any results, conclusions, or recommendations. PES does not provide any warranty, assurance or accept any liability as to the accuracy or suitability of any reports, data or information produced by external sources/consultants.
In addition, this report does not, and does not purport to, give legal advice as to your actual or potential asbestos or hazardous material liabilities, or draw conclusions as to whether any particular circumstances constitute a breach of relevant legislation. You will appreciate that this advice can only be given by qualified legal practitioners.
Finally, PES does not make any other warranty, expressed or implied, as to the professional advice contained in this report.
All works carried out in preparing this report have utilised and were based on Practical Environmental Solutions Pty Ltd (PES) professional knowledge and our understanding of current relevant National and State standards, codes of practice, regulations, and acts. Changes in legislation and guidance may occur at any time in the future and cause conclusions contained in this report to become incorrect or inappropriate. PES does not accept responsibility for advising the fact or implications of any such changes.
This report should not be used as a contractual document; PES does not provide any warranty, assurance or accept any liability as to the suitability of the report as a contractual document. The use of the report as a contractual document is at the sole risk of that party.
APPENDIX A
Site Identification
Admin/Library
Performance Centre Staff Room
Classrooms/OOSH
Storage Sheds
Pre-School/Art
PROJECT TITLE: Hazardous Substances Management Plan
CLIENT: AAP Corporation Pty Ltd. (for NGS)
DATE: 24/05/2021 SCALE: NTS DESIGNED: NM
PRACTICAL ENVIRONMENTAL SOLUTIONS PTY LTD.
DRAWING TITLE: Aerial Image of NGS Park Campus, Cooks Hill NSW
DRAWING NUMBER: 1 JN: 21.3419
SOURCE: SIX Maps (NSW Government 2021)
LIBRARY/ADMINISTRATION
SIDE ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
REAR ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
PRE-SCHOOL / ART ROOM
SIDE ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
STAFF ROOM
SIDE ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
STORAGE SHED SIDE ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION (including maintenance staff equipment storage space)
REAR ELEVATION
CLASSROOMS/OOSH
FRONT ELEVATION
PERFORMANCE CENTRE
APPENDIX B
Identified Hazard Photos
Admin/Library: Photo No. 001: Eastern elevation
The Insulation Panel to the electrical switchboard to the eastern elevation was presumed to contain asbestos and as such SHALL be considered an asbestos-containing material until or unless it is proven otherwise.
Asbestos Insulation Board (AIB), millboards, other lowdensity insulation boards (LDB), asbestos textiles, gaskets, ropes and woven textile, asbestos paper and felt
Thermal insulation (e.g., pipe and boiler lagging), sprayed asbestos, loose asbestos, asbestos mattresses, and packaging.
No Access (e.g., under floorboards)
Limited access, typically accessible by maintenance staff only, no public access
Moderate access, accessible by maintenance and general staff only, no public access
High access, Access for both staff and public at all times
Adequate labelling/signage.
Labelled
Inadequate or no labelling/signage. E Condition
Good condition: no visible damage
Low damage: a few scratches or surface masks, broken edges on boards, tiles etc.
Medium damage: significant breakage of materials or several small areas where material has been damaged revealing loose asbestos fibres.
High damage or delamination of materials, sprays, and thermal insulation. Visible asbestos debris.
2. Risk Rating Based Upon Algorithm
3. Reinspection Date
4. Example of Control Measures
Control Number
C1 Manage in-situ.
Action
C2 Incorporate into a current / develop an Asbestos Management Plan
C3 Label as asbestos containing in accordance with AS 1319-1994 Safety signs for the occupational environment.
C4
Re-inspect conditions every 5 years or sooner if deemed necessary in accordance with the WHS Regulations 2011 & code of Practice ‘How to Manage and Control Asbestos in the Workplace [SWA (2011)].
C5 Consider further sampling/analysis to establish whether asbestos is present within the material.
C6 Consider further sampling/analysis to establish whether asbestos is present within the associated dust
C7 Consider further sampling/analysis to establish whether asbestos is present within the sub-soil.
C8 Seal damaged edges with an appropriate sealant such as Emerclad paint.
C9 Encapsulate / enclose in accordance with the WHS Regulations 2011 and Code of Practice ‘How to safely remove asbestos’
C10 Seal-off area and erect appropriate warning signage in accordance with AS 1319-1994 Safety Signs for the Occupational Environment
C11
Undertake a suitable and sufficient risk assessment prior to access, which may include the use of appropriate PPE and RPE.
C12 Restrict access to maintenance/service personnel.
C13 Restrict access to all personnel.
C14 Remove in accordance with the WHS Regulations 2011 and Code of Practice ‘How to Safely Remove Asbestos’.
C15 Remove in accordance with the WHS Regulations 2011 and Code of Practice ‘How to Safely Remove Asbestos’ prior to any works in the area that may disturb the material.
C16
Undertake a dust sampling regime within the area in accordance with the WHS 2011 Code of Practice ‘How to Manage and control asbestos in the Workplace’.
C17 Undertake airborne fibre monitoring within the area in accordance with the WHS Regulations 2011, code of Practice how to manage and control asbestos in the workplace and how to safely remove asbestos.
C18
A detailed roof inspection by a competent person, is inspected to investigate the potential for contamination in areas such as gutter, drains/pipes and air conditioning systems. Subsequent to this detailed inspection, recommendations can be made about the condition of the roof and an appropriate course of action detailed.
Note: Asbestos Survey Consultant to determine Control Measures based on Professional Judgement.
APPENDIX E
Photographs of Materials Not Containing Asbestos
Staff Room
Photo No. 002: Throughout
The ceiling lining throughout was found to be Masonite®, a product known to be a manmade, timber-based proprietary product.
Library/Administration
Photo No. 003: Eaves & Soffits
The Flat Fibre Cement Sheet soffit lining to the eaves was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Pre- School/Art Rooms
The Fibre Reinforced Cement cladding to the building’s exterior was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material
Photo No. 004: External
Photo No. 005: External
The Flat Fibre Cement Sheet external HardiPlank® wall board with a wood grain finish was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Photo No. 006: North-east elevation
The Fibre Reinforced Cement structural flooring to the north-east elevation was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
The Flat Fibre
wall cladding in alcove to the western entry was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Photo No. 007: External western entry
The Fibre Reinforced Cement structural flooring to the western entry was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Photo No. 008: Western entry
Cement Sheet
Photo No. 009: Bathroom
The Fibre Reinforced Cement blue partitions to the bathroom were tested (by PES 2021) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Above the visible plasterboard ceiling lining is a secondary, remnant ceiling lining, which was found to be made of the timber-based proprietary product Masonite®, a non-asbestos-containing material.
The
lining to the kitchenette / office space was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
was referred to a sample of like material in adjacent areas which proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
Photo No. 010: Ceiling void
Photo No. 011: Kitchen
Flat Fibre Cement Sheet wall
Photo No. 012: Storeroom
The Flat Fibre Cement Sheet wall lining to the storeroom
Storage Shed
The
cladding with wood grain finish was previously tested (by PES, 2014) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material
Photo No. 013: Hardiplank® wall cladding
Flat Fibre Cement Sheet Hardiplank®
Photo No. 014: Inside left roller door
The Flat Fibre Cement Sheet wall lining to the inside left roller door was tested (PES 2021) and proved NOT to be an asbestos containing material.
APPENDIX F Laboratory Results
APPENDIX
Hazardous Materials Information
TYPES AND USES OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
Asbestos refers to a group of magnesium silicates which have both a crystalline and a fibrous structure; the six most common are actinolite, chrysotile (white), tremolite, anthophyllite, crocidolite (blue) and amosite (brown or grey). The modern English word asbestos comes from the ancient Greek word asbestos, meaning ‘unquenchable or inextinguishable’.
As a naturally occurring rock fibre, asbestos is mined then broken down from mineral clumps into groups of loose fibres.
During the 1950s, 1960s and early 1970s it was common to use asbestos as fire insulation on structural members and as fire rating of penetration core holes. Its thermal energy conservation properties were used to insulate hot and cold-water pipes and ducting. Asbestos was also used to a later date in products to increase their compressive and tensile strength. These products include fibre cement (FC) sheeting, bituminous mastic and membrane, vinyl tiles, electrical backing boards and many other products.
Asbestos is extremely resistant to heat and flame and is an excellent insulator. Its fibres are so light that they become airborne, and so flexible that they can be spun and woven into fabric. The fibres occur in two basic forms: amphiboles, which are straight needle-like fibres, and serpentine asbestos, whose fibres are curled and more flexible. Until recently, studies suggested that only amphiboles caused cancer. More recent research has established that Chrysotile fibres, which are serpentine, can also cause mesothelioma. Tremolite and Crocidolite, straight fibres, are considered more hazardous.
Major asbestos deposits are found in Russia, China, Canada, Brazil, Kazakhstan and Zimbabwe, and smaller outcrops are found in North America and southern Europe.
Asbestos in the ancient world
Humans have known about and used asbestos for 4000 years. The ancient Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans were familiar with asbestos, and regarded its resistance to flame was as akin to magic. They reserved asbestos for use in religious purposes, such as wicks for the sacred lamps used by the vestal virgins, priestesses of the goddess Vesta, protector of Rome. Asbestos was also used for cremation robes for emperors and other nobles. The Greek geographer Strabo and Pliny the Elder, a Roman historian and naturalist, both wrote about asbestos. Each of them noted that slaves who worked with the material frequently developed a sickness of the lungs.
The explorer Marco Polo travelled to Siberia, and later wrote of a cloth he was shown there that could be thrown into a fire and would not burn nor be consumed. His guides told him that it was woven from a mineral mined in the local mountains.
In the Middle Ages the emperor Charlemagne was believed to have magical powers. He convinced a group of hostile warlords of his powers when he pulled a tablecloth from the table, threw it into the fireplace, and then pulled it out, unburned. The cloth was woven of asbestos.
Modern industrial uses of asbestos
Asbestos has been used in industrial applications since about 1880. More than 3000 products using asbestos have been identified. The list of asbestos products includes fire resistant insulation, gas masks, water and sewage pipes, cement building materials, reinforcement in asbestos-cement products, brakes and clutches, sprayed fire-proofing products, floor tiles and coverings. Boilers and pipes in factories, steel plants, and power stations, as well as in hospitals, schools, and homes were insulated with asbestos products. Railroads and shipbuilding facilities have relied on asbestos as a primary insulator. Building contractors have used asbestos in industrial and domestic construction for thermal and acoustic insulation, protection from moisture and condensation and of course for fireproofing.
How asbestos causes cancer
Asbestos minerals consist of fibres that are easily separable. Individual fibres are extremely small and fine, light enough to be carried in the air.
In the course of mining, manufacturing, and installing products using asbestos, fibres are dislodged and become airborne. Workers have described mining and factory environments where the air was white with asbestos dust, and their clothes and hair were covered with the fine white fibres. Asbestos workers cannot avoid inhaling the airborne fibres, especially when ventilation is poor, and protective apparatus is insufficient or lacking.
Most inhaled fibres are cleared from the lungs within hours of inhalation. Coughing carries them to the throat in a layer of mucus, where they are either spit out, or swallowed, and make their way out of the body.
Inhaled asbestos fibres that are not expelled stay in the lungs, and progress into the alveoli, the tiny pockets within the lung where oxygen passes into the bloodstream. Once asbestos fibres reach the alveoli, they may remain for years, even the rest of a person's life. Amphibole asbestos fibres tend to remain in the lung the longest. Asbestos fibres tend to move toward the lower regions of the lungs. In autopsies, most asbestos disease of the lungs is found in the bottom lobes of the lungs and on the surface of the diaphragm, the large muscle that moves the lungs in breathing, which sits just under the lungs.
Asbestos fibres that remain embedded in the lungs can cause mesothelioma, lung cancer, and asbestosis, three serious and potentially fatal diseases. All of these diseases develop very slowly. The first symptoms of mesothelioma may not show up for 15, sometimes for as long as 40 years after the victim's exposure to asbestos. By the time symptoms are troublesome enough for a victim to seek medical attention; the mesothelioma may have progressed so far that the life expectancy will be measured in months.
TYPES, USES & EFFECTS OF SYNTHETIC MINERAL FIBRE (SMFs)
For more than 60 years glass fibre, mineral wool and ceramic fibre materials have been used in products for their thermal, acoustic and fire insulation properties and, in some products, as fibre reinforcement. These fibres have, in special circumstances, been used as a replacement for asbestos based materials. The fibres of all these types of materials are described as SMF and are categorised as an amorphous (non-crystalline) fibre.
The potential for detrimental health effects resulting from exposure to synthetic mineral fibre particularly glass wool and rock wool has for many years been the subject of conjecture, primarily due to its irritant properties. However, exhaustive research over a 30-year period by the IARC (International Agency for Research on Cancer) found this material to be non-carcinogenic to humans.
HISTORY, USES & EFFECTS OF POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBs)
PCB is the acronym for a man-made compound formed from the chlorination of the chemical biphenyl; known as polychlorinated biphenyl.
The first PCB-like chemicals were discovered in 1865 as a by-product of coal tar, a known carcinogen. By 1914 enough PCBs had escaped into the environment to leave measurable amounts in the feathers of birds held in museums today. PCBs were first manufactured commercially in 1927 by a US company. The last year of manufacture in the US was 1983 but their use may continue today particularly in poorer nations.
PCBs are chemically related to dioxin-based pesticides such as the infamous defoliant, Agent Orange.
PCBs came to worldwide prominence during the 1950s for their thermodynamically stable or heat insulating properties which saw their use across a range of farming equipment and commercial products. The most common of the uses to everyday living most of us might have experienced is as the insulating oil in the capacitor of fluorescent lamp ballasts. They can be readily, and typically, recognized in these light fittings as a rectangular tin container with soldered seams.
PCBs are described as an oily or viscous liquid varying from colourless to dark shades of yellow or black. They do not readily breakdown and when released into the environment they can accumulate in the fatty tissues of animals and, once in the food chain, they become a hazard to humans. They are particularly harmful to young fish.
PCBs can enter your system by being absorbed through the skin, through inhalation of their vapour or by ingestion through the mouth. Prolonged exposure to high concentrations of PCB can cause problems including chloracne (a persistent acne-like rash), liver damage or damage to the central nervous system. PCBs are regarded as a carcinogen and a neurotoxin that can cause pregnancy problems with ensuing developmental effects in young children.
LEAD BASED PAINT
White lead (lead carbonate) was once the principal white pigment in paints for houses and public buildings. Its use was restricted in Queensland in 1923. In the other States, paint with lead pigment was manufactured up until the late 1960s, although in diminishing quantities from 1950 onwards. In 1969, the National Health and Medical Research Council’s Uniform Paint Standard was amended to restrict lead content in domestic paint.
Many older Australian homes and buildings still contain lead paint, even though it may be covered with layers of more recent paint. It was used mainly on exterior surfaces and, to a lesser extent, on interior doors and architraves especially in undercoats and primers where concentrations of up to 20% lead were commonly used. Interior walls were not commonly painted with paint containing white lead, but some colours did contain red, yellow, or orange lead-chrome pigments. Although all paints manufactured for Australian dwellings from the 1970s onwards will have contained less than 1% lead, it is possible that industrial paints, having higher concentrations of lead, may have been applied to housing and commercial buildings.
AS 4361.2 Guide to Lead Paint Management, Part 2: Residential and Commercial Buildings defines a lead-based paint as a paint film or component coat of paint system containing lead or lead compounds, in which the lead content is in excess of 1.0% by weight of the dry film as determined by laboratory testing.
Exposure to high levels of dust or paint can have negative effects in both children and adults. Exposure to lead may cause reproductive problems, high blood pressure, digestive, nerve, and memory issues, as well as muscular and joint pain.
Lead in any form is toxic to humans when ingested or inhaled. Repeated inhalation or ingestion of lead paint particles may produce the cumulative effects of lead poisoning or plumbism. Thus, lead paint removal methods give rise to two potential health problems, i.e., inhalation or ingestion of lead paint by the workers and the public in the vicinity of the structure and the deposition of lead paint particles on nearby footpaths, streets, or soil where they may be resuspended, tracked into houses or buildings where it can be inhaled or ingested. In most instances workers involved in paint management may be simply and easily protected by protective equipment, and the public may be protected by preventing access to the work site. However, lead paint deposition may be much more complex and difficult to manage depending on the size, shape, and location of the building.
Construction Traffic Management Plan: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Gateshead Traffic Solutions – Revision 7 – 05/06/2024
Construction Traffic Management Plan
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammar School (Park Campus) – Cnr Union St & Parkway Ave – Cooks Hill
Preparation Date – 8/09/23
Plan prepared by Dane Comyns – Prepare a Work Zone Traffic Management Plan No: TCT0101031
Table of Modifications Revision
1 12/02/24 5.4: Removal of paragraph relating to “Spare Road capacity” Dane Comyns
2 12/02/24 5.4: Modification to wording in “Construction traffic” section Dane Comyns
3 31/05/24 Section 11: Removal of obsolete traffic guidance schemes and inclusion of updated and current plans in use for the construction site Dane Comyns
Overview
Purpose of this Plan
The purpose of this Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) is to address the traffic management provisions that will be implemented to execute this plan while minimising disruption to all stakeholders.
This plan can potentially affect, but is not limited to:
• Road users
• Businesses
• Residents
• Pedestrians
• Cyclists
• Emergency services
• Heavy vehicles
• Public transport
Legislative Requirements
• Traffic Control at Work Sites Manual – Volume 6.1 – 31st March 2022
• DA Conditions:
1. The required CTMP is to ensure the provision for safe, continuous movement of traffic and pedestrians within the road reserve. The CTMP is to be prepared in accordance with Australian Standard 1742.3 – 2022
2. Gateshead Traffic Solutions will make provisions for continuous movement of traffic and pedestrians in public roads and erecting traffic warning signs conforming to the Roads and Traffic Authority’s General Specifications (RTA Spec. Part G10 “Control of Traffic” and RTA Spec. 3355). Traffic control is to be carried out only by flagmen with certification that they have been trained in accordance with Australian Standard 1742.3 – 2002
3. ‘State Significant Development Consent Requirements:
4. • Construction Traffic and Pedestrian Management Sub-Plan (CTPMSP) must be prepared to achieve the objective of ensuring safety and efficiency of the road network and address, but not be limited to, the following:
5. (a) be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced person(s);
6. (b) be prepared in consultation with Council and TfNSW;
7. (c) detail the measures that are to be implemented to ensure road safety and network efficiency during construction in consideration of potential impacts on general traffic, cyclists and pedestrians and bus services; and
8. (d) detail heavy vehicle routes, access and parking arrangements.’
Project Overview
The CTMP is required for works that include:
• Demolition of current buildings within school campus and construction of new buildings. Internal access road to be constructed for site access
Location of Works/Construction Site
The proposed works/construction site are on:
Union St
Corlette St Parkway Ave
between Tooke St & Parkway Ave between Tooke St & Parkway Ave between Union St & Corlette St North & South North & South East & West
Road Occupancy Approvals
• City of Newcastle (Road Occupancy Licence) – Yes
• Transport for NSW ROL (Road Occupancy Licence) -Yes
• City of Newcastle (Work Zone) – Yes
• Keolis Downer - Yes
Existing Conditions
There are not any existing works or events in the area that will affect plans detailed in this CTMP
Project Impacts to Traffic & Transport
Work Hours/Site Duration
Duration: September 2023 – February 2025 (17 Months Estimated)
Timing:
and Times of Works
Monday – Friday: 7am – 6pm
8am – 1pm
Operating Conditions
Refer to Traffic Guidance Schemes in Appendix 1
Impact on Traffic Flow
#Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes
Please see appendix 11 – Traffic Guidance Schemes for detailed impacts on traffic flow
Impacts on Public Transport/Traffic
Impacts on local transport will be minor throughout the project. Public transport agencies will be notified prior if any impacts may occur The location where the site is located is situated in an area which has high levels of traffic. The following has been identified as responses to these impacts:
1. Short-term Construction Traffic: Construction traffic is considered a shortterm loading, usually lasting less than 6 months. The impact is expected to be mitigated through the implementation of a Construction Traffic and Pedestrian Management Plan (provided via Gateshead Traffic Solutions), which outlines strategies to reduce the impact of construction works on the local road network and the operation and amenity of the school and nearby residents
2. Construction Traffic Volume: The expected traffic generation by construction employees is estimated to be 20 to 25 vehicle trips per hour (vtph) at the start and finish of work, with deliveries and waste removals not exceeding 10 vtph during the day. Even during major concrete pours, the peak construction traffic generation is expected to be up to 35 vtph, which is less than the additional traffic generated by the Stage 1 extensions
3. Traffic Management Plan: A Construction Traffic and Pedestrian Management Plan has been prepared, which includes strategies such as the use of remote parking for non-essential vehicles, provision of a construction zone on Union or Corlette Street, and programming of much of the construction works during extended school break periods to minimize impact
Parking
Please see below for details on parking for the construction site:
1. No On-Site Parking: Parking for construction vehicles is not available on site.
2. Transportation Strategy: Construction workers are required to follow the projects ‘Construction Worker Transportation Strategy’. This strategy is designed to support the school’s transformation while minimising disruptions to daily commute, school operations, and the surrounding community.
3. Designated Parking Zone: Workers must park their vehicles in the designated zone specified in the projects ‘Construction Worker Transportation Strategy’. From there, a shuttle service will be available to transport them to and from the site.
4. Toll and Material Drop-Off: Workers needing to drop off tools or materials must obtain approval from Core Project Group management. Approved workers can drop off materials and then proceed to the designated pick-up and drop-off location.
5. Delivery vehicles: Delivery vehicles are permitted to unload internally.
Emergency Services
Emergency service will not be impacted by the works. Emergency vehicles will be allowed to always continue past the site during the occupation.
Pedestrians
Pedestrians will be minimally affected by the construction site and its associated works. Any works that need to be undertaken on the road reserve that will impact pedestrians are shown in #Appendix 1 1– Traffic Plans
Cyclists
Cyclists will remain largely unaffected by the proposed works. There is no designated cyclist lane at this location. Cyclists utilising the footpath will follow the same path as pedestrian Cyclists utilizing the road reserve will be guided around the work zone by traffic controllers on site if works are occurring at the front of the site and will follow the same traffic flow path as vehicles. Any works that need to be undertaken on the road reserve that will impact cyclists are shown in #Appendix 1 –Traffic Plans
Heavy Vehicles
Heavy vehicles will be suitable for access to the construction site. Heavy vehicles needing to access the construction site will be able to enter from Union St and from Corlette St and be guided into the work zone by traffic controllers on site and will also enter under normal traffic conditions This includes concrete trucks, semi-trailers, and flatbed trucks. Refer to #Appendix 11 for detailed overview
Resident/Business Impacts
Residents/Businesses will be minimally impacted by the Project. The area where the site is located is in a residential area with residences on both sides of the road. Regular consultation will take place between Core Projects and the surrounding residents/businesses throughout the duration of the project. Residents will be advised of works that may impact them via letterbox drops and face-toface communication at minimum 3 working days prior
Construction Site Entry/Exit
Entry to site will be via:
Exit from site will be via:
Corlette St Union St
Exit Gate
Traffic Control Devices
o Control Measures in place
The following control measures will be implemented to ensure road safety and network efficiency during construction in consideration of potential impacts on general traffic, cyclists and pedestrians and bus services:
Advance Warning Signage
Advance warning signage will be in in place during active works to alert road users and pedestrians of active works that affect the road reserve and footpaths around the construction site. This signage will be erected by qualified traffic controllers on site and set up according to the approved traffic guidance scheme shown in appendix 11. Once works have been completed for the day, this signage will be removed by the traffic controllers on site
Traffic Controllers
During works that require impacts to the traffic flow, road reserve and pedestrians there will be traffic controllers on site to cater for these impacts. These controllers will manage deliveries and construction traffic movements using stop/slow controls. These controls can be seen in appendix 11
Intelligent Transport System (ITS) Devices
Traffic
Signal Modifications
There will not be modifications to the operation of traffic signals
Temporary
Traffic Signals
There will not be temporary traffic signals used on this project.
Variable Message Signs (VMS)
Variable Message Signs will not be implemented for the works.
Radar Activated Speed Signs
Radar activated speed signs will not be implemented for the works.
Live Tracking Resources
There will be live tracking of resources through or around the site.
o Incident Response / Management
There will be incident response provided for the Project. The response will include:
• Site Supervisor to be notified immediately of any incidents that may occur
• Relevant Local Authorities notified if necessary
Risk Assessment
Core Projects – SWMS
Communications Strategy
Worksite Communications
There will be two-way radio communications throughout the worksite to assist with traffic management of vehicles travelling into, through and/or around the worksite.
Stakeholder Works Notifications
Notifications will be provided to all impacted stakeholders.
Emergency Services Notification
Emergency Services will be informed in a timely manner of relevant activities proposed within this CTMP. Regular updates will be provided to emergency services, including changes to road network configurations, changes to road conditions and worksite access locations.
Contact Details
Key Contacts
Onsite Contacts
Name Position
Mat Oxford
Michael Nebauer
Joshua Smith
Andrew Brinkworth
Contact
Site Foreman – Core Project Group 0422 440 005
Site Manager – Core Project Group 0412 185 569
Site Engineer – Core Projects 0424 038 496
Project Manager – Core Project Group 0499 990 516
References
This CTMP has been prepared with reference to the following documents:
- Traffic Control at Work Sites Manual – Volume 6.1 – 31st March 2022
Appendices
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes
Traffic Scheme Index
- Union St – No Traffic Controllers
- Union St – Traffic Controllers
- Corlette St – No Traffic Controllers
- Corlette St – Traffic Controllers
- Union St to Corlette St – Traffic Controllers
- Union St to Corlette St – No Traffic Controllers
- Corlette St to Union St – Traffic Controllers
- Corlette St to Union St – No Traffic Controllers
- S138 – Union St – Shoulder Closure & Partial Footpath Closure
- S138 – Union St – Aftercare Plan
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – Union St – Traffic Controllers
PEDESTRIANS REF: 4 4 2 TCAWS 6 1 (P52)
* For works on and around footpath of 1 5m shall be maintained at all times for pedestrians to pass unhindered
* Pedestrians shall not be directed onto roadway unless traffic controllers are used to control site and proper measures are in place to conform with AS 1742 3, TCAWS v6 1 and Austroads Guide
GENERAL NOTES
amended due to on site conditions as long as as the author and relevant authorities are notified TGS must be implemented in accordance with AS 1742 3 and Road Management Act
* Gateshead Traffic Solutions takes no responsibility unless implemented by Gateshead Traffic Solutions staff
* All conflicting signs to be reinstated on completion of works
* All controllers and implementers must be accredited with current certification
* All works /and or activities must comply with AS 1742 3, TCAWS man 6 1 and Austroads guides
* All TCDs to be put in clear line of sight to oncoming traffic
* Copies of TCGS and associated permits to be always available onsite
* All Gateshead Traffic Solutions plans remain the property of Gateshead Traffic Solutions and can not be altered without the consent of an authorised signatory
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – Union St to Corlette St – Traffic Controllers
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – Union St to Corlette St – No Traffic Controllers
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – Corlette St to Union St – Traffic Controllers
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – S138 Works – Union St – Shoulder & Partial Footpath Closure
Appendix 1 – Traffic Guidance Schemes – S138 Works – Union St – Shoulder & Partial Footpath Closure – Aftercare Plan
Hazardous Chemicals Management Plan: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Core Project Group - PROC0070 – 06/08/2022
1. Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to define, within the risk management system, how Core Project Group manages the procurement, use, storage and disposal of any hazardous substance used on company projects As the policy of CPG is to provide a safe working environment for workers and contractors, the company is committed to ensuring that compliance is achieved and maintained by involving all regulations, legislation and standards applicable to the management of hazardous substances.
2. Definitions
Competent Person
Compliance
Hazardous Chemicals
Health Hazards
Health Monitoring
Prohibited Substances
SDS
3. Responsibilities
Position
Directors
CFO/Return to Work Coordinator
Project Manager
Site Manager/ Supervisor
A person who has acquired through training, qualification or experience the knowledge and skills to carry out the task
Ensuring that the requirements of law, regulations, industry codes and organisational standards are met
Workplace Health and Safety Regulations define a hazardous chemical as any substance, mixture or article that satisfies the criteria of one or more Globally Harmonised System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) hazard classes including a classification in Schedule 6 of the WHS Regulations.
The properties of a chemical that have the potential to cause adverse health effects. Exposure can occur through inhalation, skin contact or ingestion.
Monitoring a person to identify changes in the person’s health status because of exposure to certain substances.
Workplace Health and Safety Regulations list the substances that must have Health Monitoring carried out and those substances that are banned from use within the workplace.
Safety Data Sheet is a document that provides information on the properties of hazardous chemicals and how they affect health and safety in the workplace.
Worker / Subcontractor
Responsibilities
§ Overarching responsibility for the development, review and appropriate communication of procedure
§ Overarching responsibility for qualifications, training and competence of senior personnel
§ Reviewing Project Risk Assessments
§ Overarching responsibility for Human Resources and the coordination of rehabilitation of injured workers including Health Monitoring.
§ Coordination of insurance procedures.
§ Monitoring competence of and training requirements for personnel
§ Reviewing Project Risk Assessments
§ Monitoring competence of and training requirements for personnel
§ Enforcing the requirements of these procedures
§ Ensuring no hazardous substance is bought onto site without carrying out a risk assessment and obtaining the required approvals.
§ Conducting regular risk assessments, implement and monitor controls
§ Maintain the Hazardous Substances Register
§ Ensure SDS’s are readily available to workers and contractors
§ Ensure all containers are clearly labelled and stored correctly
§ Comply with this procedure and Safe Work Method Statements
§ Declare any hazardous substances intended for use
§ Notify Site Manager and supervisors of any risks identified on site
Hazardous Chemicals Management Procedure
4. Process
4.1 Purchasing a New Substance
When a substance is identified as being required on site, the following steps must be completed before the purchase is made:
§ Confirm with the Supervisor that the product is required and is the correct product.
§ Complete a risk assessment using the Hazardous Substances Register and Risk Assessment (CPG0280) to ensure the substance will not introduce any new hazards into the workplace.
§ Advise the Site Manager or delegate, who must confirm that the product is appropriate and that no other, safer, or more environmentally friendly alternative exists.
§ Incorporate controls into the trade Safe Work Method Statement.
No hazardous substance is to be bought on site without approval of the Site Manager and procurement should only be made through an approved supplier.
4.2 Risk Assessment and Approval
The Site Manager must give consideration to all factors that may impact the project and ensure that identified hazards are controlled. This should be documented on the Hazardous Substances Register and the SWMS. Factors could include:
§ Surrounding environment.
§ Neighbouring properties
§ The Client
§ Public or other entities.
A new hazardous substance will not be used until the risk assessment is completed, the SDS is entered into the register and all workers exposed to the substance have been trained in the safe use of the product in accordance with the SWMS. If possible, workers using the product should be involved in the risk assessment process.
4.3 Safety Data Sheet (SDS)
An (SDS) must be available for the substance and should always be referred to when assessing risks in the workplace The SDS should include:
§ The identity of the chemical
§ Health and physicochemical hazards
§ Safe handling and storage procedures
§ Emergency procedures, and
§ Disposal considerations.
Delivery of a hazardous substance must not be accepted if there is no SDS on site or the SDS is not delivered with the product.
4.4 Hazardous Substances Register
The Site Manager or delegate is required to keep a record of all hazardous chemicals used on site and is responsible for ensuring that it is maintained and up to date. When a new substance is purchased or brought on to site the completed Hazardous Substances Register and Risk Assessment (CPG0280), with the relevant SDS attached, is stored in a manner that is easily accessible to all workers in the event of an incident. Hard copies are kept in individual Contractor Folders with the SWMS. A combined register is stored electronically on the CPG system.
4.5
Subcontractors
Subcontractors must provide a completed Hazardous Substances Register and Risk Assessment (CPG0280) with the relevant SDS for all hazardous substances to be used on site together with a Safe Work Method Statement developed to include the safe storage and use of the substance and the identified controls required for an activity SWMS are checked by the Site Manager or delegate using the SMWS Checklist (CPG0090). The subcontractor will ensure that all workers are trained in the use of hazardous substances and that copies of the relevant SDS’s are available to them.
5. Storage
Sites shall make sure that all hazardous chemicals are stored in accordance with all relevant legislative regulatory requirements (including Codes of Practice, SDSs and Environmental Authorities). This should be an allocated storage area and as a minimum should include:
§ Identification, segregation and separation of incompatible chemicals
§ Where there is a risk of a spill or leak of a hazardous chemical in a solid or liquid form, it shall be ensured, as far as is reasonably practicable, that a spill containment system is provided to contain the spills or leaks within the workplace including any resulting effluent.
§ Ensuring that the spill containment system provides for the clean-up and disposal of spills or leaks and any resulting effluent, and that the system provided shall not create a hazard by bringing together incompatible hazardous chemicals to cause a fire, explosion, harmful reaction or flammable, toxic or corrosive vapour.
§ Provision of appropriate signage.
§ Provision of flammable cupboards if flammable chemicals are to be stored.
§ Provision of adequate fire-fighting equipment in storage areas.
§ Provision to control water run-off from storage areas.
Regular inspections of hazardous chemical storage areas shall also be conducted.
5.1 Labelling
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017 requires a label to be fixed to the container in which a hazardous substance has been stored. Safework NSW COP- Labelling of workplace hazardous chemicals states that: If a hazardous chemical is decanted or transferred from the container in which it was packed and it will not be used immediately or it is supplied to someone else, the label must, at a minimum, be written in English and include the following:
§ the product identifier, and
§ a hazard pictogram or hazard statement consistent with the correct classification of the chemical. The label must contain the information shown on the SDS as follows:
LABEL INFORMATION
• The substance’s product name.
• The substance’s risk phrases - e.g. "Flammable liquid".
• The substance's safety phrases -e.g. “Keep away from heat”.
It is prohibited for any person to place substances in unmarked containers or use food or drink containers to store substances.
6. Disposal
Waste control measures must be environmentally responsible and comply with requirements of Federal and State legislation and any other regulatory requirements. Management will ensure:
§ All out of date and/or no longer used hazardous substances are disposed of using approved methods of disposal in accordance with the current SDS.
§ Staff are fully aware of procedures for containing waste and cleaning up spills.
§ Adequate resources are available for waste management procedures.
§ Only specialist contractors are approved for use in picking up and disposing of hazardous waste and that written confirmation of the final disposal is provided.
7. Training
All employees and subcontractors should receive the following information as part of their SWMS induction process:
§ Company policy and key points of procedures.
§ Safety signs and terminology – eg SDS
§ The correct use of PPE
§ Controls for preventing chemical exposure
§ Mandatory use of SWMS
§ First Aid and Emergency Procedures
§ Site Housekeeping including procedures for spills and location of spill kits
Safety updates and additional training are delivered as required through Pre-start and Toolbox meetings when a new substance or method of use is introduced.
Trained First Aid personnel are available on site and will receive specific training on substances if required. Where exposure to a hazardous substance has occurred a copy of the SDS will be sent electronically to the treating doctor or given to the injured employee.
8. Silica Awareness in the Workplace
Crystalline Silica is a naturally occurring mineral found in most rocks, sand, clay and in products such as bricks, concrete, tile and composite stone. It is a common mineral used in the manufacture of kitchen work tops and other engineered building products. Workers can be exposed when undertaking construction works that require excavation or tunnelling through quartz containing rocks such as shale and sandstone. All workers need to be aware of the risks that occur:
§ When materials containing crystalline silica are cut, sanded or drilled a very fine dust is created.
§ This dust is harmful when inhaled and can lead to lung cancer, kidney disease and silicosis.
§ Silicosis is a scarring of the lung which can result in severe shortness of breath and is not reversible.
§ Silicosis can be fatal within five to 10 years – sometimes for people as young as 20 or 30.
Information on Silica forms part of the Subcontractor Information Package (REV0040) and all subcontractors should be aware of the regulations and the requirements for health monitoring that may be required for the tasks being undertaken.
SafeWork has provided the following recommendations where cutting, grinding or drilling of concrete and clay products is conducted and it is a Core Project Group mandatory requirement that contractors comply with these recommendations on all CPG work sites:
§ No dry cutting of engineered stone products
§ No dry cutting of concrete/clay- based products
§ Sub-contractors must provide evidence of health surveillance for workers working with silica to site management on a regular basis
§ Only dustless tools are to be used for cutting, drilling and grinding and these must be fitted with M or H class vacuum systems
§ Fit testing of P2 respirators (as a minimum) must be conducted for high risk trades
§ All workers who wear respirators must be clean shaven
SWMS must be reviewed to ensure that subcontractors have provided details of:
§ Dust control measures in place
§ Cleaning and disposal methods for dust contaminated clothing, including PPE, such as being sealed in plastic bags before disposal.
§ Dust disposal method, such as being sealed in plastic bags before disposal
§ Disposal method for waste slurry created by wet cutting
§ Steps taken to isolate work area from other potentially exposed workers and the use of warning signs
9. Contamination on Site
CPG and its subcontractors will comply with the Contaminated Land Management Act in relation to disturbance or treatment of potentially contaminated ground.
In the event that potentially contaminated soil is identified prior to or during construction, works must cease and a contamination assessment should be carried out by a competent person to identify the level of contamination and determine the appropriate procedure for works to continue.
Any suspect material will be stockpiled, tested and disposed of in accordance with the Office of Environment & Heritage guidelines
10. Health Hazard Assessment
Potential health risks may be identified at the design stage of a project and prior to project commencement. Core Project Group’s site management team, and in particular, Project Managers and Site Managers are employed for their skills and experience in construction and have been trained in Core Project Group’s HIRAC process as detailed in Core Project Group’s Risk Management Procedure (PROC0090). The Project Manager and Site Manager are deemed competent to identify potential hazards through an onsite risk assessment undertaken prior to works commencing and recorded using Project Risk Assessment (CPG0030). Hazards can be classified as biological, physical or chemical / atmospheric contaminants.
In the event that the Project Risk Assessment identifies high risk substances, such as crystalline silica, asbestos, lead or chemicals specified in Schedule 14 of WHS regulations, a specialist will be consulted to assist with the development of controls, Safety Management Plans and to assess whether health monitoring is required. Specialist Contractors must be competent in the management of high-risk substances and may include:
§ Hygienists.
§ Licensed Asbestos Removal Contractors
§ Medical Practitioners.
Potential health risks are managed and monitored through Core Project Group’s site-specific Project Risk Assessment which is reviewed on a monthly basis. This process captures and documents controls and actions for identified substances.
Hazardous Chemicals Management Procedure
6/8/24
PROC0070
HAZARDOUS
CHEMICALS MANAGEMENT
10.1 Extract from Project Risk Assessment (CPG0030)
ASBESTOS EXPOSURE
If asbestos is identified onsite:
• A hygienist/consultant will be engaged to assist with identification and development of an asbestos management plan (AMP).
• Health Monitoring will be conducted onsite by a hygienist (if required by the AMP).
• A licensed asbestos removal contractor will be engaged to remove the asbestos from site. This contractor will provide evidence that a health monitoring program is in place for their own workers
• Respiratory hazard
• Long term lung damage
• Fatality
• Mesothelioma
Hazardous Chemicals Management Procedure
Conduct on-site assessment by licensed Asbestos Assessor to determine hazard
Barricade and sign post exclusion zone around asbestos contaminated materials Inform all workers of hazard during induction and prohibit entry to area
Keep area wet or covered where possible
Engage licensed Asbestos Contactor to remove asbestos in accordance with AMP
Remove asbestos prior to starting onsite as per AS4964 and relevant Codes of Practice
Monitor exposure to workers with air monitoring equipment where required to comply with hygienist’s AMP
date: 6/8/22
date: 6/8/24
10.2 Health Monitoring
Health monitoring of a person means monitoring the person to identify changes in the person’s health status because of exposure to certain substances. It involves the collection of data in order to evaluate the effects of exposure and to confirm that the absorbed dose is within safe levels. This allows decisions to be made about implementing ways to eliminate or minimise the worker’s risk of exposure, for example, reassigning to other duties that involve less exposure or improving control measures.
Health monitoring is an administrative control and should not be used as a control measure in isolation. It should form part of a comprehensive system and method to help identify whether existing control measures are working effectively or whether new or more effective control measures should be implemented.
WHS Legislation indicates that health monitoring must take place when:
§ A worker is carrying out ongoing work using, handling, generating or storing hazardous chemicals and there is a significant risk to the worker’s health because of exposure to a hazardous chemical as referred to in Schedule 14.
§ A person identifies that because of ongoing work carried out by a worker using, handling generating or storing hazardous chemicals there is a significant risk that the worker will be exposed to a hazardous chemical (other than a hazardous chemical referred to in Schedule 14, table 14.1) and either valid techniques are available to detect the effect on the worker’s health or a valid way of determining biological exposure to the hazardous chemical is available and it is uncertain, on reasonable grounds whether the exposure to the hazardous chemical has resulted in the biological exposure standard being exceeded.
Should health monitoring be required the Project Manager or delegate will:
§ Inform workers and prospective workers about health monitoring requirements.
§ Ensure health monitoring is carried out by or under the supervision of a formally trained person with experience in health monitoring, for example an occupational hygienist.
§ Consult workers in relation to the selection of a registered medical practitioner
§ Pay all expenses relating to health monitoring
§ Provide certain information about a worker to a registered medical practitioner
§ Take all reasonable steps to obtain a report from the registered medical practitioner as soon as practicable after the monitoring has been carried out
§ Provide a copy of the report to the worker and the regulator if the report contains adverse test result or recommendations that remedial measures should be taken. Also provide the report to all other persons conducting a business or undertaking who have a duty to provide health monitoring for the worker.
§ Keep reports as confidential records for at least 30 years after the record is made (40 years for reports relating to asbestos exposure) in according with Document & Records Management Procedure (PROC0010).
§ Not disclose the report to anyone without the worker’s written consent unless required under the WHS Regulations.
10.3 Contractors
Specialists and subcontractors must provide evidence to CPG of the health monitoring program in place for their own workers prior to commencing work and on an ongoing basis throughout the project. Details of health monitoring of workers and evidence of current employee medical certificates should be included in the Tender Interview Checklist (REV0030).
All workers will be advised during site induction of any hazard identified on site which requires health monitoring. Contractors are required by law to maintain health monitoring records in a confidential manner, provide personal records upon request to individual workers and retain all records for a period of thirty (30) years.
PROC0070
10.4 Measuring and Monitoring Equipment
As detailed in the Sub-contractor information package (REV0040), all measuring and monitoring equipment is to be tested, calibrated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and certifications made available to CPG prior to commencement of works and on an ongoing basis throughout the project
Where specialist health monitoring equipment is being used, inspection and maintenance records must be made available for verification by the Site Manager during the weekly Safety Walks.
11 Schedule of Documents
Risk Matrix
CPG0030 Project Risk Assessment
CPG0090 SWMS Review Checklist
CPG0280 Hazardous Substances Register and Risk Assessment
PROC0010 Document & Records Management Procedure
PROC0090 Risk Management Procedure
REV0030 Tender Interview Checklist
REV0040 Subcontractor Information Package
12 Sources
Legal and other requirements
Australian Standard AS/NZS ISO 31000 (Risk Management).
Contaminated Land Management Act
Safework NSW Code of Practice- Managing Risk of hazardous chemicals in the workplace
Safework NSW Code of Practice- Labelling of workplace hazardous chemicals
Safework NSW Code of Practice- Preparation of safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals
SafeWork Australia; Managing risks of Storing Chemicals in the Workplace
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW (Lot 102 DP 861562)
APP Corporation Limited Pty
Reference: 754-NTLGE282007-AH
2 June 2021
ACID SULFATE SOIL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ASSMP)
754-NTLGE282007-AH
Report reference number: 754-NTLGE282007-AH 2 June 2021
PREPARED FOR PREPARED BY
APP Corporation Limited Pty Level 2, 426 King Street, Newcastle NSW 2300 Australia
Tetra Tech Coffey 16 Callistemon Close Warabrook NSW 2304 Australia p: +61 2 4028 9700
ABN 55 139 460 521
QUALITY INFORMATION
Revision history
Distribution
1. GENERAL
The following Acid Sulfate Soil Management Plan (ASSMP) has been prepared for APP Corporation Pty Limited (APP). The ASSMP will be provided to the civil contractor responsible for the partial redevelopment works proposed for the Newcastle Grammar School - Park Campus located at 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW (the Site).
The partial redevelopment will require the demolition of existing buildings occupying the northern portion of the Site, a new kiss and drop internal roadway along the northern boundary and refurbishment of Block B and the western side of Sandy Warren Centre The proposed works will require major earthworks and spoil management activities during the construction phase of the redevelopment.
This ASSMP presents the approach and methodology for ASS management at the Site to be followed by the contactor and its subcontractors. It provides a basis for specifications for ASS management. However, it is important to note that this document is not a specification.
The ASSMP was developed generally in accordance with the Acid Sulfate Soil Manual published by the Acid Sulfate Soils Management Advisory Committee (ASSMAC 1998), the Queensland Acid Sulfate Soil Technical Manual 2014 – Soil Management Guidelines and the 2018 National ASS guidance documents (Sullivan et al 2018)
1.1 OBJECTIVES
The objective of the ASSMP is to lower the potential environmental impacts associated with the disturbance of ASS during the proposed expansion works.
1.2 PROPOSED RE-DEVELOPMENT
APP Corporation Pty Limited are project managing the partial redevelopment of the site on behalf of Newcastle Grammar School. The proposed redevelopment will include:
• Demolition of existing buildings occupying the northern portion of the Site,
• Construction of a new 3-storey building along the Union St boundary consisting of an undercroft play area, 2 levels of learning space and rooftop sports court,
• Construction of a new 2 storey building on the Corlette St side of the Site consisting of a semi-basement level car park and 2 storeys of learning spaces,
• A new kiss and drop internal roadway along the northern boundary,
• Refurbishment of Block B and Refurbishment of western side of Sandy Warren Centre.
The proposed works will require major earthworks and spoil management activities during the construction phase of the redevelopment. Material generated during civil excavation works is proposed to be stored onsite and reused as backfill once the civil excavation works have been completed.
2. SITE INFORMATION
2.1 SITE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATON
General information relating to the Site is presented below in Table 2.1
Table 2 1: Summary of Site Details
Site Location
Previous Land Use
Current Land Use
Proposed Land Use
127 Union Street, The Hill NSW (Lot 102 DP861562)
Agricultural and Grazing activities
Primary School Facility (Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus)
Primary School Facility (Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus)
2.2 SITE TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE
The Site is near level and consists of a mixture of open space with grass cover, buildings and pavements. Rain falling on the Site is likely to infiltrate into the site soils or drain towards the municipal stormwater system.
Surface water and stormwater is likely to drain in a southerly direction towards Cottage Creek storm water drain along the Site boundary. Cottage Creek eventually flows north and discharges into the Throsby Basin, part of Newcastle Harbour, located approximately 1.1 km to the north north-west of the Site.
2.3 GEOLOGY AND SOILS
Based on the 1:100,000 scale Newcastle Coalfield Geology map, the Site is underlain by Quaternary deposits comprising gravel, sand, silt and clay. Underling this unit is the late Permian aged Lambton Subgroup of the Newcastle Coal Measures comprising interbedded and interlaminated siltstone, sandstone and coal.
2.4 ACID SULFATE SOILS
Reference to the Department of Land and Water Conservation Newcastle 1:25,000 Acid Sulfate Soil (ASS) Risk Map indicates that the Site is located within a Low Probability Acid Sulfate Soil risk area, on an aeolian sandplain at elevation of between 2 to 4m AHD
ASS if present, is expected to be buried by alluvium or windblown sediments at a depth range of between 1 and 3 metres below the ground surface (mbgs).
Figure 1: Site Location - ASS Risk Map
2.5 HYDROGEOLGY
Groundwater beneath the Site was observed to be present in an unconfined or semi-confined aquifer at depths ranging from 1.4 - 1.8m below ground surface (mbgs). Regional groundwater flow was anticipated to follow the general slope of the region to the north west eventually discharging to the lower reaches of Cottage Creek. Cottage Creek eventually enters Newcastle Harbour about 1.1km to the north west.
A search of the Water NSW registered bores located within a 500m radius of the Site was undertaken. The search revealed that there were four (4) registered bores within this radius. The details of the registered bores are summarised below in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5: Registered Groundwater Bores
3. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM
3.1 FIELDWORKS
Soil sampling was undertaken on the 12th and 21st January 2021 by Tetra Tech Coffey Pty Ltd1 (Tetra Tech) as part of a previous geotechnical/environmental assessment (Reference: 754-NTLGE282007AE_Rev01 dated 12 May 2021).
Environmental samples were collected by Tetra Tech from boreholes (GBH02, GBH03) advanced as part of geotechnical assessment works. The boreholes were drilled using a solid stem auger and hand auger, with soil samples collected directly from the auger. Samples were collected at regular 1.5 metre depth intervals or where potential evidence of contamination was observed. Care was taken to minimise the potential for cross contamination during sampling.
The number of boreholes drilled for the site area (about 0.3 ha) is in accordance with the 2018 National ASS Guidance (Sullivan et al 2018) That document also recommends sampling intervals of 0.25m when assessing for ASS. This was considered impractical based on the drilling methodology and the need to collect suitable data for geotechnical purposes. Given that each borehole was logged by an experienced geotechnical engineer and the ASS interpreted by a senior environmental scientist, the lower frequency of sampling and testing is not considered to impact the interpretation of ASS at depth.
For the purpose of assessing the acid sulfate soil potential at the Site, samples were collected by Coffey from two boreholes (CBH02 and CBH03) at depths 2.5m, 4m, 8.5m, 10m, 11.5m, 14.5m, 16m, 17.5m and 19m in CBH02 and 3m, 4.5m, 7.5m, 12m, 15m, 16.5m, 18m and 19.5m.
1 Previously Coffey Services Australia Pty Ltd.
4. ACID SULFATE SOILS
4.1 COASTAL ACID SULFATE SOILS
Coastal ASS are soils which contain significant concentrations of reduced inorganic sulphides (RIS), or pyrite which, when exposed to oxygen in the presence of sufficient moisture, oxidises, resulting in the generation of sulfuric acid. Unoxidised pyritic soils are referred to as potential ASS. When the soils are exposed, the oxidation of pyrite occurs and sulfuric acids are generated, and the soils are said to be actual ASS.
Pyritic soils typically form in waterlogged, saline sediments rich in iron and sulfate. Typical environments for the formation of these soils include tidal flats, salt marshes and mangrove swamps below about RL 5m AHD. They can also form as bottom sediments in coastal rivers and creeks.
Pyritic soils of concern on low lying NSW and coastal lands have mostly formed in the Holocene period, (i.e. 10,000 years ago to present day) predominantly in the 7,000 years since the last rise in sea level. It is generally considered that pyritic soils which formed prior to the Holocene period (i.e. >10,000 years ago) would already have oxidised and leached during periods of low sea level which occurred during ice ages, exposing pyritic coastal sediments to oxygen. There is still some potential for these older soils to contain stored acidity that could be released on exposure.
4.2 SIGNIFICANCE OF COASTAL ACID SULFATE SOILS
Disturbance or poorly managed development and use of coastal ASS can generate significant amounts of sulfuric acid, which can lower soil and water pH to extreme levels (generally <4) and produce acid salts, resulting in high salinity.
The low pH, high salinity soils can reduce or altogether preclude vegetation growth and can produce aggressive soil conditions which may be detrimental to concrete and steel components of structures, foundations, pipelines and other engineering works.
Generation of the acid conditions often releases aluminium, iron and other naturally occurring elements from the otherwise stable soil matrices. High concentrations of some such elements, coupled with low pH and alterations to salinity can be detrimental to aquatic life. In severe cases, affected waters flowing off-site into aquatic ecosystems can have a detrimental effect on aquatic ecosystems.
4.3 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
4.3.1
Laboratory Results
Depending on the amount of ASS disturbed during the project, results will need to be compared to the appropriate criteria listed below. If there is doubt about the amount of soil to be disturbed, the more conservative criteria should be adopted. The action criteria provided in the ASSMAC manual are summarised in 4.1 below.
1 - Action criteria where less than 1000 tonnes of ASS is to be disturbed
2 - Action criteria where greater than 1000 tonnes of ASS is to be disturbed
Net Acidity calculated using acid base accounting
SPOS Peroxide oxidisable sulphur
SCR Chromium reducible sulphur
TAA Total Actual Acidity
TPA Total Potential Acidity
TSA Total Sulfidic Acidity
4.3.2 Field Screening Results
To assess the potential for acid sulfate soils at the Site, field pH screening was completed in accordance with Appendix 1 of the NSW ASSMAC (1998) Acid Sulfate Soil Manual (ASSMAC). Results of the pH screening were compared against Section 2.2 of the ASSMAC (1998). The ASSMAC (1998) assessment guidelines in Appendix 1 state the following:
• A pH less than or equal to 4 is likely to indicate the presence of Actual Acid Sulfate Soils (AASS) when soil is added to a mixture with a ratio of 1:5 with distilled water; and a final pH of less than 3, strong sulphuric odour and colour change can be indicative of Potential Acid Sulfate Soils (PASS) when soil is added to a mixture with a ratio of 1:5 with hydrogen peroxide. A final pH of 3.5 will be adopted for this assessment as experience has shown that RIS can be present at this higher pH and indicate the presence of ASS.
5. ACID SULFATE SOIL INVESTIGATION RESULTS
5.1 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
The geotechnical testing confirmed the area was once a low-lying depression with periodic flooding and thick vegetation.
The interpreted geotechnical units encountered at the site are shown in Table 5.1
Table 5 1: Summary of subsurface geology
Unit
1a Topsoil
1b Fill (Variable)
2a Swamp deposits
2b Estuarine Soil
2c Estuarine Soil
2d Estuarine Soil/ Alluvial soil
3a
Residual Soil grading into extremely weathered material with depth
4a Highly weathered to distinctly weathered material
4b Moderately weathered to Slightly weathered
Gravelly SAND to Sandy GRAVEL: fine to medium grained, brown to pale brown in colour, fine to medium sized subangular gravels trace to some rootlets
Highly variable unit includes the following SAND to Silty SAND and Clayey SAND: fine to coarse grained, pale brown/ grey brown dark brown and black, trace to with some gravel including coal reject material, trace rootlets, bricks
Sandy CLAY: medium plasticity, orange mottled red and white, with fine to medium sand
CLAY: high plasticity yellow and mottled grey
SAND: fine to medium grained, pale brown/ pale yellow/ grey, some fine to medium grained subangular gravels
PEAT: dark grey to black, trace of fine to medium sand and rootlets, very soft to soft consistency
Clayey SILT: low plasticity, dark grey to black, trace of fine to medium sand and marine/shell fragments, very soft to soft consistency
SAND: fine to medium grained, grey, loose to medium density, some clay beds within units generally firm or better
Silty CLAY to CLAY: high plasticity dark grey becoming sandy with depth, generally firm or better consistency.
Sandy CLAY to Clayey SAND: low to medium plasticity, grey to pale brown and orange, fine to medium grained sand, stiff to very stiff with loose to medium dense sand layers
Interbedded and interlaminated siltstone and sandstone: Sandstone generally fine grained and grey, siltstone generally dark grey, units generally laminated with carbonaceous laminations prone to breakages. Significant staining on joints
Interbedded and interlaminated siltstone and sandstone: Sandstone generally fine grained and grey, siltstone generally dark grey, units generally laminated with carbonaceous laminations prone to breakages
5.2 SCREENING RESULTS
For the purpose of assessing the acid sulfate soil potential at the Site, Coffey collected samples from two boreholes (GBH02, GHB03) across the assessment area at regular depths (1 test per 1.5m interval), to a total depth of 19.5 mbgs.
The Coffey (2021) ASS field screening results are attached, and the results are summarised below:
• In a mixture of 1:5 distilled water a pH between 6.3 and 8.8 was recorded. A pH less than or equal to 4 is likely to indicate the presence of ASS.
• A pHFOX ranging between 1.3 and 6.8 pH units was reported in in a solution of hydrogen peroxide and soil. A final pH of less than 3.5 can be indicative of ASS.
• A total pH drop was in the range of 1.1 to 7.1 pH units. A drop of 1 pH unit, plus rise in temperature, effervescence, colour and odour factors can be indicative of ASS.
• Strong to extreme reactions were reported during the screening process.
Table 5.2: Summary of Laboratory Screening
In order to validate the screening results, six samples were further analyzed.
• Six samples were selected for detailed chromium reducible sulphur (CrS) analysis with the results presented in table 5.3 below.
Criteria for ASS – Coarse texture (>1,000tonnes of soil) Net Acidity >18 moles H+/tonne
Exceedances of the adopted criteria for coarse grained soils >100tonnes of soil > 18 moles H+/tonne were present at locations GBH02 and GBH03 at depths greater than 3m bgs.
ASS Risk
The field screening results indicated that there was a risk of ASS being encountered at depths below the fill generally greater than about 3m bgs and this was confirmed with the laboratory results The very soft to soft (occasionally firm) dark grey and black peat and silty clay and the very loose to medium dense grey and dark grey sand layers below the fill, are interpreted as ASS.
ASS depths extend from below the fill to about 16.5m in GB01 and GBH03 and about 22m bgs in GBH02. These depths are based on the descriptions in logs as well as the laboratory results.
There was a high probability that ASS will be disturbed during proposed civil works at the Site, particularly during foundation and piling works Excavations that extend below the fill will also encounter ASS. In the event that ASS materials are encountered, the procedures outlined in the ASSMP below should be followed
6. ASS MANAGEMENT PLAN
The following management principles and procedures should be implemented in the event that suspected acid sulfate soils are encountered during construction.
6.1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The following is an outline of the general principles for mitigating impacts associated with identified ASS as per ASSMAC (1998):
i. Avoid land where ASS occur,
ii. Avoid disturbing ASS soils if present on the property and avoid lowering the water table,
iii. Prevent the oxidation of sulfides,
iv. Neutralising acid as it is produced,
v. Separate out and treat the sulfidic component (i.e. pyrite) by sluicing if this material is very sandy; and
vi. Immediate burial of excavated ASS below the permanent water table
Once the actual construction scenario is defined, an addendum to this ASSMP should be prepared using the framework provided by this general ASSMP, if it is assessed that the proposed work could intersect and disturb ASS. The addendum will either be prepared by the earthworks contractor, or by the Principal’s representative in consultation with the Contractor.
6.2 TRAINING, ROLES AND RESPONSIBILTY
The earthworks contractor should appoint an appropriately trained person who is responsible for managing the ASS issues during the earthwork activities.
This person should be familiar with:
• Council and other relevant statutory requirements
• Recognition of ASS materials,
• Acid sulfate soil testing and treatment procedures; and
• Onsite management of ASS materials, including implementing management procedures.
The classification of ASS materials during construction should be carried out by personnel trained in the identification of ASS and be based on visual classification and the field screening test. If required, a suitably qualified Environmental Consultant could be engaged to assist or train the Contractor in the identification of ASS.
6.3 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION
The preliminary visual checking of the soils will be based on material type, colour, odour and consistency. ASS material is generally characterised by grey, dark grey, and black clayey sands and sandy clays which can be accompanied by a sulfuric odour. Marine sediments when encountered will often contain seashells.
It is important that when these characteristics are encountered that the procedures documented in the ASSMP are implemented. Where doubt exists an experienced ASS consultant should be contacted so the material can be assessed, separated and managed correctly to allow the works to progress.
6.4 MANAGEMENT OF EXCAVATED ACID SULFATE SOILS
Excavated soils should be either placed in temporary stockpiles or transported directly to a specially prepared treatment area for liming.
6.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF TREATMENT PADS
Bunded, impervious treatment areas should be constructed for the purpose of treatment/neutralisation of ASS, or to store ASS material that would remain onsite for longer than 5 days before treatment. Treatment areas should be constructed using impervious clay or plastic sheeting as a base. The treatment area should be suitably bunded to prevent stormwater from entering or leaving the area.
The treatment area should include installation of a leachate collection pond to collect runoff. The treatment area should be graded towards the leachate pond for efficient drainage. The settlement leachate pond should be designed to capture and store runoff from a 1 in 10-year, 1-hour storm duration event. Leachate runoff collected in the settlement pond should be assessed prior to disposal of the settlement pond. Sediment removed from the leachate pond should also be assessed for the presence of ASS.
The treatment pad should be constructed as per the cross-section below.
Cross-Section: Treatment Pad Design, based on QASSIT (2014) Queensland Acid Sulfate Soil Technical Manual – Soil Management Guidelines
6.6 TEMPORARY STOCKPILING
Where temporary stockpiling exceeds a few days, the excavated soils should be bunded and covered with plastic to help slow the oxidation process. Where extended periods of stockpiling occur (i.e. greater than one week) the soils should be removed to a treatment area and lime applied. Appropriate stormwater and sediment controls should be in place. Extended periods of stockpiling may require leachate collection and monitoring. Where monitoring of the leachate indicates low pH, the addition of a neutralising agent (e.g. lime) will be required prior to discharge to stormwater.
Where temporary stockpiles are created, stockpiles should be placed on relatively level ground, and away (e.g. at least 40m) from nearby waterways. Stockpile heights should be kept to a maximum of 2m, and stockpile areas should be bunded with appropriate sediment controls such as silt fences or hay bales
6.7 LIMING METHODOLOGY
A suitable supply of lime should be available on site during the construction works when ASS is identified in order to enable efficient neutralisation of ASS. A lime register should be maintained by the contractor in order to record the amount of lime delivered to the site.
The type and amount of lime to be applied will be such that a neutralising value (NV) of 90 to 100 can be achieved. NV relates to the purity of the lime and an NV of 90 to 100 is required to ensure that the lime is effective in neutralising the potential acid. Fine powdered agricultural lime (CaCO3) generally has an NV of 90% to 95% whilst other manufactured forms of lime can have an NV as low as 80%. Where NV is below 100, the factor of safety, hence the amount of lime, will have to be adjusted accordingly.
Liming should be undertaken inside a treatment pad constructed as outlined above. The following liming procedures (or other equivalent) should be undertaken:
• If practical, spreading of the soil in thin (<200mm) layers within the boundary of the site works; and
• Addition of lime followed by mixing, using excavated bucket or equivalent.
6.8 LIMING RATE
In the event that potential acid sulfate soils are encountered, samples will be collected and analysed to assess a liming rate suitable for efficient neutralisation of ASS.
The liming rates should be based on the following formula: per m3 of soil = %����3059��102�� 100 ������(%) × D × FOS where %S is highest net acidity recorded per stratigraphic unit
D is bulk density of soil
FOS Factor of safety (1.5)
ENV is Effective Neutralisation value (usually 90 to 95% for agricultural lime)
Where emergency liming is required and additional laboratory testing results are not readily available, the liming of acid sulfate soils may be carried out at a rate of about 15kg agricultural lime (CaCO3) per tonne of soils (laboratory calculated rate plus a factor of safety). The emergency liming rate is a temporary measure to lower the immediate risk to the environment and may not be sufficient for complete neutralisation.
6.9 OFFSITE DISPOSAL OF ACID SULFATE SOILS
6.9.1
Offsite Disposal
Once treated with lime the soils may be disposed of to an appropriately licensed landfill following a waste classification. The waste classification and disposal should be undertaken in accordance with relevant standards and requirements, including the NSW EPA (2014) Waste Classification Guidelines – Part 4.
7. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND VERIFICATION TESTING
In order to demonstrate that appropriate quantities of lime have been used, a lime register shall be maintained by the Contractor. The register shall list the amount of lime delivered to the Site, verified by delivery dockets, and where/when the lime has been used. The lime usage shall quantify areas limed and soil volumes treated, liming rates and quantities of lime used. The amount of lime to be kept on-site for emergencies will be assessed by the Contractor.
A validation plan shall be prepared in consultation with an experienced ASS consultant which will be based on Section 8.2 of Dear et al (2014) and will depend on the quantities and production rates of ASS treatment. The principals should be as follows:
• Minimum 3 test samples or 1 sample per 250m3
• Each test sample to be made from a composite of six individual samples.
• Samples to be tested using the SCR suite with full acid base accounting including retained acidity.
Assuming the soil type is medium- and fine-textured material (sandy loams (peat), light clays, heavy clays and silty clays), the performance criteria will be:
• No single sample shall exceed a net acidity of 62 moles H+/tonne (0.10% S) where disturbance is less than 1,000 tonnes. A net acidity of 18 moles H+/tonne (0.03%S) will be used where disturbance is greater than 1,000 tonnes
• If any single sample is between 0 and 62 moles H+/tonne (or 0 and 18 moles H+/tonne if greater than 1000 tonnes) , then the average of any four spatially adjacent samples (including the exceeding sample) shall have an average net acidity of zero or less.
8. MONITORING AND REPORTING
Complete records of all testing, treatment and monitoring should be kept by the contractor including:
• The lime register,
• Results of verification testing; and
• Validation Reports (if material is re-used on site)
This report must be read in conjunction with the attached sheet entitled “Important Information about your Tetra Tech Coffey Environmental Report”, which can be found at the end of this report.
9. REFERENCES
• Ahearn CR, McElnea AE, Sullivan LA (2004) Acid Sulfate Soil Laboratory Methods Guidelines in Queensland Acid Sulfate Soils Manual. Department of Natural Resources Mines and Energy Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia;
• 1:250,000 scale Newcastle ASS Risk Map series sheet;
• Coffey Services Australia (2021) Preliminary Site Investigation, Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus, 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW (754-NTLGE282007-AE_Rev01);
• Coffey Services Australia (2021) Geotechnical Assessment, Proposed Stage 1 Additions Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus, 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW (754-NTLGE282007-AD);
• Dear, S-E., Ahern, C. R., O'Brien, L. E., Dobos, S. K., McElnea, A. E., Moore, N. G. & Watling, K. M., (2014). Queensland Acid Sulfate Soil Technical Manual: Soil Management Guidelines. Brisbane: Department of Science, Information Technology, Innovation and the Arts, Queensland Government.
• Department of Water and Conservation 1:25,000 Acid Sulfate Soil Risk Map;
• Sullivan, L, Ward, N, Toppler, N and Lancaster, G 2018, National Acid Sulfate Soils Guidance: National acid sulfate soils sampling and identification methods manual, Department of Agriculture and Water Resources, Canberra, ACT).
Date: 1 June 2021
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR TETRA TECH COFFEY ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
Introduction
This report has been prepared by Tetra Tech Coffey for you, as Tetra Tech Coffey’s client, in accordance with our agreed purpose, scope, schedule and budget
The report has been prepared using accepted procedures and practices of the consulting profession at the time it was prepared, and the opinions, recommendations and conclusions set out in the report are made in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices of that profession.
The report is based on information gained from environmental conditions (including assessment of some or all of soil, groundwater, vapour and surface water) and supplemented by reported data of the local area and professional experience. Assessment has been scoped with consideration to industry standards, regulations, guidelines and your specific requirements, including budget and timing. The characterisation of site conditions is an interpretation of information collected during assessment, in accordance with industry practice.
This interpretation is not a complete description of all material on or in the vicinity of the site, due to the inherent variation in spatial and temporal patterns of contaminant presence and impact in the natural environment. Tetra Tech Coffey may have also relied on data and other information provided by you and other qualified individuals in preparing this report. Tetra Tech Coffey has not verified the accuracy or completeness of such data or information except as otherwise stated in the report. For these reasons the report must be regarded as interpretative, in accordance with industry standards and practice, rather than being a definitive record
Your report has been written for a specific purpose
Your report has been developed for a specific purpose as agreed by us and applies only to the site or area investigated. Unless otherwise stated in the report, this report cannot be applied to an adjacent site or area, nor can it be used when the nature of the specific purpose changes from that which we agreed.
For each purpose, a tailored approach to the assessment of potential soil and groundwater contamination is required. In most cases, a key objective is to identify, and if possible quantify, risks that both recognised and potential contamination pose in the context of the agreed purpose. Such risks may be financial (for example, clean up costs or constraints on site use) and/or physical (for example, potential health risks to users of the site or the general public).
Limitations of the Report
The work was conducted, and the report has been prepared, in response to an agreed purpose and scope, within time and budgetary constraints, and in reliance on certain data and information made available to Tetra Tech Coffey.
The analyses, evaluations, opinions and conclusions presented in this report are based on that purpose and scope, requirements, data or information, and they could change if such requirements or data are inaccurate or incomplete.
This report is valid as of the date of preparation. The condition of the site (including subsurface conditions) and extent or nature of contamination or other environmental hazards can change over time, as a result of either natural processes or human influence. Tetra Tech Coffey should be kept appraised of any such events and should be consulted for further investigations if any changes are noted, particularly during construction activities where excavations often reveal subsurface conditions.
In addition, advancements in professional practice regarding contaminated land and changes in applicable statues and/or guidelines may affect the validity of this report. Consequently, the currency of conclusions and recommendations in this report should be verified if you propose to use this report more than 6 months after its date of issue.
The report does not include the evaluation or assessment of potential geotechnical engineering constraints of the site.
Interpretation of factual data
Environmental site assessments identify actual conditions only at those points where samples are taken and on the date collected. Data derived from indirect field measurements, and sometimes other reports on the site, are interpreted by geologists, engineers or scientists to provide an opinion about overall site conditions, their likely impact with respect to the report purpose and recommended actions.
Variations in soil and groundwater conditions may occur between test or sample locations and actual conditions may differ from those inferred to exist No environmental assessment program, no matter how comprehensive, can reveal all subsurface details and anomalies. Similarly, no professional, no matter how well qualified, can reveal what is hidden by earth, rock or changed through time.
The actual interface between different materials may be far more gradual or abrupt than assumed based on the facts obtained. Nothing can be done to change the actual site conditions which exist, but steps can be taken to reduce the impact of unexpected conditions
For this reason, parties involved with land acquisition, management and/or redevelopment should retain the services of a suitably qualified and experienced environmental consultant through the development and use of the site to identify variances, conduct additional tests if required, and recommend solutions to unexpected conditions or other unrecognised features encountered on site. Tetra Tech Coffey would be pleased to assist with any investigation or advice in such circumstances.
Recommendations in this report
This report assumes, in accordance with industry practice, that the site conditions recognised through discrete sampling are representative of actual conditions throughout the investigation area. Recommendations are based on the resulting interpretation.
Should further data be obtained that differs from the data on which the report recommendations are based (such as through excavation or other additional assessment), then the recommendations would need to be reviewed and may need to be revised.
Report for benefit of client
Unless otherwise agreed between us, the report has been prepared for your benefit and no other party. Other parties should not rely upon the report or the accuracy or completeness of any recommendation and should make their own enquiries and obtain independent advice in relation to such matters.
Tetra Tech Coffey assumes no responsibility and will not be liable to any other person or organisation for, or in relation to, any matter dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report, or for any loss or damage suffered by any other person or organisation arising from matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report.
To avoid misuse of the information presented in your report, we recommend that Tetra Tech Coffey be consulted before the report is provided to another party who may not be familiar with the background and the purpose of the report. In particular, an environmental disclosure report for a property vendor may not be suitable for satisfying the needs of that property’s purchaser. This report should not be applied for any purpose other than that stated in the report.
Interpretation by other professionals
Costly problems can occur when other professionals develop their plans based on misinterpretations of a report. To help avoid misinterpretations, a suitably qualified and experienced environmental consultant should be retained to explain the implications of the report to other professionals referring to the report and then review plans and specifications produced to see how other professionals have incorporated the report findings.
Given Tetra Tech Coffey prepared the report and has familiarity with the site, Tetra Tech Coffey is well placed to provide such assistance. If another party is engaged to interpret the recommendations of the report, there is a risk that the contents of the report may be misinterpreted and Tetra Tech Coffey disowns any responsibility for such misinterpretation.
Data should not be separated from the report
The report as a whole presents the findings of the site assessment and the report should not be copied in part or altered in any way. Logs, figures, laboratory data, drawings, etc. are customarily included in our reports and are developed by scientists or engineers based on their interpretation of field logs, field testing and laboratory evaluation of samples. This information should not under any circumstances be redrawn for inclusion in other documents or separated from the report in any way.
This report should be reproduced in full. No responsibility is accepted for use of any part of this report in any other context or for any other purpose or by third parties.
Responsibility
Environmental reporting relies on interpretation of factual information using professional judgement and opinion and has a level of uncertainty attached to it, which is much less exact than other design disciplines. This has often resulted in claims being lodged against consultants, which are unfounded. As noted earlier, the recommendations and findings set out in this report should only be regarded as interpretive and should not be taken as accurate and complete information about all environmental media at all depths and locations across the site
Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Plan: Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Heritage Now - HN000236-C - 01/11/2023
Executive Summary
Heritage Now Pty Ltd (Heritage Now) was engaged by APP to undertake an Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan (<Plan=) for the redevelopment of Newcastle Grammar School, Newcastle, NSW.
The Project Area is on the corner of Union Street and Parkway Avenue (127 Union Street), Cooks Hill (Lot 012, DP861562). It is within the Newcastle Local Government Area and within the Awabakal Local Aboriginal Land Council Boundaries.
This project was assessed as a State Significant Development (SSD-13895306). An Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report was prepared by Heritage Now (Heritage Now 2021) as part of the Environmental Impact Statement. It was prepared in consultation with the Registered Aboriginal Parties (RAPs). The SSD application was approved on 9 January 2023 pursuant to Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). This Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan was sent to the RAPs on 5/7/2023 with 28 days allowed for feedback. No feedback was received from this mail out.
Subsequent to this request for feedback by email, all RAPs were contacted via phone on 11/9/2023 as detailed in the consultation log in Appendix 1. Two verbal responses agreeing to the contents of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Sub-Plan and the contained excavation methodology were received and were documented by email, as per Appendix 1. In addition, five responses to the invitation to tender for fieldwork as part of the heritage management of the Project Area were received. Contents of the tender responses are commercial in-confidence and therefore are not contained in the consultation documentation compilation, however, the responses have been documented in the consultation log in Appendix 1.
This Plan has been prepared in accordance with the Consent Conditions.
Acronyms and Definitions
Acronym/Term
Aboriginal object
Aboriginal place
Definition
Aboriginal object means any deposit, object or material evidence (not being a handicraft made for sale) relating to the Aboriginal habitation of the area that comprises New South Wales, being habitation before or concurrent with (or both) the occupation of that area by persons of non-Aboriginal extraction and includes Aboriginal remains (as per NPW Act 1974).
Any place declared to be an Aboriginal place under Section 84 of the NPW Act.
ACHMSP Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan
AHD Australian Height Datum
AHIMS
Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System (register for Aboriginal sites in NSW)
AHIP Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (as per NPW Act 1974)
A Horizon
B Horizon
The top layer of mineral soil in a soil profile. It is usually broken into A1 and A2 soils, with the former tending to have a relatively high dark organic content, while the latter is paler.
The B horizon underlies the A horizon of a soil profile and is generally a highclay content soil.
DCDB Digital Cadastral Database (NSW)
DCP Development Control Plan
DECCW
Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water, NSW (became the Office of Environment and Heritage in 2011, a role now assumed by Heritage NSW).
DP Deposited Plan
DTDB Digital Topographic Database (NSW)
EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act (1979)
Ex situ
At a location that is different from the original location. Often refers to conserving Aboriginal objects at a location different from its original location.
GPS Global Positioning System
Holocene
Geological epoch (period) typically defined as the time period that commenced approximately 11,700 years ago and is the current period of geological time. This period is generally warmer and wetter than the preceding Pleistocene period.
Acronym/Term Definition
In situ
LALC
In situ, Latin for <in the place=, refers to an artefact that has not been moved from its original resting place or the place where it was deposited.
Local Aboriginal Land Council (Land Council under the Aboriginal Land Rights Act 1983)
LGA Local Government Area
OEH Office of Environment and Heritage, NSW (Now Heritage NSW)
m Metric metres
Non-perennial
In terms of waterways, it means a waterway that is usually partially or fully dry for part of the year.
NPW Act National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974
PAD Potential Archaeological Deposit
Perennial In terms of waterway, it means a waterway that has year-round water.
Pleistocene
Geological epoch (period) is typically defined as the time period that commenced approximately 2.6 million years ago and lasted until approximately 11,700 years ago. This period spans the world's recent period of repeated glaciations. The late Pleistocene, in which humans began occupying Australia, is generally colder and dryer than the Holocene.
RAPs Registered Aboriginal Parties (Aboriginal organisations and individuals who were consulted for the Project following Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation Requirements for Proponents)
SIX Maps Spatial Information Exchange (NSW government portal holding a range of spatial and property data)
SSD State Significant Development
Version Control
Version Revision Description Reviewed by Date Approved by Date Approved
Draft Draft for Client
FINAL Final post RAP consultation
FINAL FINAL with additional Aboriginal consultation
Table 3. Geotechnical Results summary, note the fill references in this table relate to geotechnical fill and this definition does not always align with an archaeological definition of fill. .............................14
Table 4. Minimum flaked stone attributes ...........................................................................................22
Table 5. Additional stone artefact attributes which may be used........................................................22
Table 6. Summary of Aboriginal site features from excavations in Newcastle. .....................................3
Figure 6 Contamination hotspot – not to be subject to archaeological excavation.............................17
Figure 7 Indicative test pits for excavation (avoiding areas of contamination and trees) ...................19
1 Introduction
Heritage Now Pty Ltd (Heritage Now) was engaged by APP to undertake an Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Plan (<Plan=) for the redevelopment of Newcastle Grammar School, Newcastle, NSW.
1.1 Project Area
The Project Area is on the corner of Union Street and Parkway Avenue (127 Union Street), Cooks Hill (Lot 102, DP861562). It is within the Newcastle Local Government Area. The traditional custodians are acknowledged, and the Project Area is within the Awabakal Local Aboriginal Land Council boundaries. The Project Area extent is approximately 1,000 m2 (Figure 1).
1.2 Project Scope
The stage 1 proposal includes:
• an increase in student numbers from 256 to 480;
• demolition of a covered outdoor learning area as well as blocks C, D and F;
• construction of a three-storey building with a rooftop play area facing Union Street;
• refurbishment of building B for use as administration, staff and offices;
Figure 1. Project Area
• construction of a one-way road adjacent to the northern boundary to provide a kiss and drop area; o stormwater and service upgrades; and o site landscaping.
The concept development proposal includes:
• an overall increase in student numbers to 640;
• construction of a two-storey plus basement building adjacent to Corlette Street. The basement area would provide parking for 31-35 cars;
• alterations and additions to building A including the refurbishment of the Sandi Warren performance centre, a new canteen, library and specialist learning facilities; and
• site landscaping.
1.3 Project Approval and SSD Compliance Matrix
This project was assessed as a State Significant Development (SSD-13895306). An Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report was prepared by Heritage Now (Heritage Now 2021) as part of the Environmental Impact Statement. It was prepared in consultation with the Registered Aboriginal Parties (RAPs). The SSD application was approved on 9 January 2023 pursuant to Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The conditions of approval and how they are met in this report are summarised in Table 1.
Table 1. Relevant Heritage Consent Conditions under the SSD Approval and Compliance
Conditions
Under Part E: Prior to Commencement of Construction for Stage 1 - The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan (ACHMSP) must address, but not be limited to the following:
a) be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced expert in consultation with the Registered Aboriginal Parties;
b) be submitted to the satisfaction of the Planning Secretary prior to construction of any part of the development;
c) details of an archaeological test and salvage excavation program to occur post-project approval but implemented before natural soil layers are disturbed;
d) protocols for unexpected finds and human remains;
e) on-site inductions and interpretation as described in recommendation 2 of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report prepared by Heritage Now dated 6 October 2021; and
Project condition compliance within this report
This report, Section 1.4 and Section 3
To be submitted on completion of Aboriginal consultation
This report, Section 6.2.
Unexpected finds procedure is in Section 6.6 of this report and of human remains in Section 6.7
On-site induction protocols are outlined in Section 6.8 of this report and heritage interpretation in Section 6.9
f) management of archaeological resources. Section 6 of this report
1.4 Authorship and Copyright
This report was produced by the Heritage Now team. The report was written by Tessa Boer-Mah (Principal Heritage Consultant, Heritage Now).
Tessa9s qualifications and industry positions include Bachelor of Arts with Honours (Archaeology and Heritage) University of Sydney 2002, Master of Philosophy (Archaeology and Heritage) University of Sydney 2008, Australian Association of Consulting Archaeologists Inc (AACAI) – National Secretary (and full member) 2021-present, Hunter Future Directions Property Council – Committee Member 20202022, and ICOMOS International Member.
Quality review was undertaken by Trishia Palconit (Heritage Officer, Heritage Now). Trishia9s qualifications include Bachelor of Arts (Anthropology) 2015, Diploma in Archaeology 2019, International Masters in Quaternary and Prehistoric Archaeology 2022 Ferrara University.
Heritage Now Pty. Ltd. retains the copyright of this report.
2 Legislative Context
This section provides an outline of the Acts, Regulations and guidelines under which this assessment was undertaken. It is for information purposes only and should not be taken as legal advice.
2.1 National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974
This Act contains the provisions for protecting Aboriginal objects in NSW. Aboriginal objects are protected regardless of whether they are in their original context (location) or not, and it is an offence to harm an Aboriginal object regardless of whether you know it is an Aboriginal object or not. Protection under Section 86 of the Act is as follows:
• s86(1) A person must not harm or desecrate an object that the person knows is an Aboriginal object.
• s86(2) A person must not harm an Aboriginal object.
• s86(3) A person must not harm or desecrate an Aboriginal place.
Known Aboriginal sites in NSW are registered on the Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System (AHIMS) as 8Aboriginal objects9, but all Aboriginal sites regardless of their registration status on AHIMS are protected in NSW. This includes individual artefacts up to complex sites.
An Aboriginal Place is an area of land that <is or was of special significance with respect to Aboriginal culture=, and is recognised by a declaration published in the Government Gazette by the Minister for Environment and Heritage.
Under Section 86 of the NPW Act, it is an offence to harm (destroy, deface or damage) or desecrate an Aboriginal object or an Aboriginal Place. Both site types are protected. The definition of harm includes moving an object from the land on which it is situated. The NPW Act sets out tiered strict liability offences and penalties for harming or desecrating Aboriginal objects or places.
Under Section 87, there are certain defences to the offence of harm. These include that harm was carried out under an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP); that due diligence was exercised to determine if an action would harm an Aboriginal object; or that an activity was prescribed by the National Parks and Wildlife Regulation 2019 as being low impact.
Penalties for harming Aboriginal objects or places range from $80,000–$800,000 for individuals and $330,000–$1,650,000 for corporations, and may also include imprisonment. Under Section 87, there are certain defences from prosecution. These include that harm was authorised under an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) and actions were in accordance with the AHIP; that due diligence was exercised in relation to Aboriginal object/s; and/or that the activity was classified as low impact.
Under Section 89A, an Aboriginal object must be reported to Heritage NSW within a reasonable timeframe unless they have previously been recorded and submitted to the Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System (AHIMS). Penalties for failure to report an Aboriginal object start from $16,500 for individuals and $33,000 for corporations.
2.2 National Parks and Wildlife Regulation 2019
This Regulation provides a framework for exercising due diligence and outlines codes of practice in respect to Aboriginal objects (Section 57), as well as defences for carrying out certain low-impact
activities (Section 58). The Regulation also outlines requirements for Aboriginal consultation (Section 60), particularly in relation to an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit. Under the Regulation, the following codes of practice are recognised, amongst others:
• Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW (DECCW 2010b),
• NSW Minerals Industry Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects (NSW Minerals Council 2010), and
• Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal objects in NSW (DECCW 2010a).
2.3 Aboriginal Land Rights Act 1983 (NSW)
This Act provides land rights to Aboriginal people through the Local Aboriginal Land Councils. It details a process for claiming unused Crown Land in NSW and for enabling land use. It also allows for agreements to permit traditional hunting, fishing and gathering.
2.4 Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
The Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) Act provides triggers for undertaking environmental and heritage assessments as part of the wider land-use planning framework. This Act has three main parts of direct relevance to Aboriginal cultural heritage. Namely, Part 3 which governs the preparation of planning instruments, Part 4 which relates to development assessment provisions for local government (consent) authorities and Part 5 which relates to activity approvals by governing (determining) authorities. Planning decisions within Local Government Areas (LGAs) are guided by Local Environmental Plans (LEPs). Each LGA is required to develop and maintain an LEP that includes Aboriginal and historical heritage items which are protected under the EP&A Act and the NPW Act.
The Project Area is located within the Newcastle LGA and falls under the Newcastle LEP.
2.5 Newcastle Local Environmental Plan 2012
The Newcastle LEP 2012 requires development consent to demolish, disturb, excavate or develop land on which an Aboriginal object is located or that is within an Aboriginal place of significance. Council must consider the effect of a proposal on an Aboriginal Place and any Aboriginal object located within an area of works. Council must inform the local Aboriginal community about the application where impacts to Aboriginal cultural heritage may occur. Protected heritage under the LEP is listed in Schedule 5.
There are no Aboriginal heritage items in the Project Area on Schedule 5 of the Newcastle LEP.
3 Aboriginal Consultation
This section outlines the previous Aboriginal consultation that has been undertaken as part of the approval process and the consultation undertaken for this Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan.
3.1 Background
Aboriginal consultation was undertaken for the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment report as well as for Designing with Country (Connecting to Country) in 2021.
Aboriginal Consultation for the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment report in accordance with the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation Requirements for Proponents (OEH, formerly DECCW 2010b). As part of this process 13 Aboriginal organisations and individual were added as Registered Aboriginal Parties (RAPs) for the project (Table 2). Consultation with these RAPs is to be continued throughout the project.
The Designing with Country was undertaken in accordance with the Government Architect NSW principles (Government Architect NSW 2020) and is documented in the ACHA report (Heritage Now 2021).
Table 2. Registered Aboriginal Parties
Organisation
A1 Indigenous Services
Awabakal Descendants Traditional Owners
Aboriginal Corporation
Awabakal & Guringai Pty Ltd
Individual
Awabakal Local Aboriginal Land Council
Awabakal Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation
Didge Ngunawal Clan
Jarban & Mugrebea
Lower Hunter Aboriginal Incorporated
Worimi Guringai Lands
Yinarr Cultural Services
Individual
Amanda Hickey Cultural Services
Representative Name
Carolyn Hickey
Peter Leven
Shane Frost
Tracey Howie
Trudy Smith
Peter Townsend
Kerrie Brauer
Paul Boyd and Lilly Carroll
Les Atkinson
David Ahoy
Robert Syron
Kathleen Steward Kinchela
Olivia Connors
Amanda Hickey
Organisation Representative Name
Confidential RAP 1
Confidential RAP 2
Confidential RAP 1
Confidential RAP 2
3.2 Aboriginal Consultation Undertaken for this Sub-Plan
This plan was sent to the RAPs by email on 5/7/2023 with 28 days allowed for feedback. No feedback was received from this mail out. Subsequent to this request for feedback by email, all RAPs were contacted via phone on 11/9/2023 as detailed in the consultation log in Appendix 1. Two verbal responses agreeing to the contents of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Sub-Plan and the contained excavation methodology were received and were documented by email, as per Appendix 1. In addition, five responses to the invitation to tender for fieldwork as part of the heritage management of the Project Area were received. Contents of the tender responses are commercial in-confidence and therefore are not contained in the consultation documentation compilation, however, the responses have been documented in the consultation log in Appendix 1. In addition, the RAPs were consulted on the 5th and 6th of October, 2023 in respect to the updated ACHMSP, also documented in Appendix 1. The preference was for any salvaged Aboriginal material to remain in the Project Area in a protected location.
3.3 Further Aboriginal Consultation for future works
Section 7 outlines the RAP roles in the future works for the project.
4 Heritage Background
Previous archaeological excavations in the Newcastle have revealed deep sandsheets and Aboriginal sites dating to over 9,600 years before present. Archaeological excavations of the former 8Palais Royale9 site at 684 Hunter Street resulted in recorded Aboriginal occupation dates of approximately 6,716 years before present (AHMS 2011), while a salvage excavation from Hannell Street in Wickham revealed dates of approximately 9,600 years as well as evidence of continuous occupation over a 7,000-year period (Artefact Heritage 2016). The Aboriginal artefacts in these sites were up to 3.5 m below ground surface, and often artefactual layers did not start until over a metre below ground surface and therefore required shoring or stepping back to investigate the archaeological deposit at that depth. Fill layers often also had to be removed. These sites have very high local significance.
A summary table comparing Aboriginal site features from excavated sites in Newcastle is provided in Appendix 2. Sites in the Newcastle area can be categorised as having low, moderate, or high artefact densities based on the average number of artefacts per square metre excavated:
Artefact Density Number of Artefacts/m2 Low
Generally, moderate-high artefact densities have been recovered from areas interpreted as longer term camp sites or resource acquisition and processing sites, a number which contain evidence of multiple events or periods of Aboriginal occupation over time. Low artefact densities are associated with short term camp sites.
Lithic assemblages are dominated by tuff / chert / indurated mudstone tuff (IMT) (likely from nearby coastal sources at Nobbys Head and Mereweather Beach), followed by silcrete, with a large variety of other material present in small quantities including quartz, rhyolite, fine grained silicious (FGS), chalcedony, quartzite, sandstone, volcanic, ignimbrite, mudstone, petrified wood, flint, and glass. The composition of the assemblages shows evidence for the manufacture of both flakes and tools. The sites contain a relatively large number of complete flakes and broken flakes proportional to the rest of the assemblage, and relatively few cores and tools. Less frequently occurring tool types include grindstones, hammerstones, anvils, pebble (chopping) tools, and retouched and backed artefacts. Where midden material is present, the most abundant shellfish species identified are cockle (Anadara sp.), oyster (Saccostrea sp.) and Hercules club whelk (Pyrazus ebeninus), which are all known to occur in the Hunter River estuary.
The Project Area is located approximately 830 m from Bar Beach and would have originally been part of the coastal dune system. A former tributary of Cottage Creek flowed through the Project Area (Figure 2 and Figure 3) and out to the Hunter River. No surface Aboriginal sites were identified during the archaeological survey, but this is likely due to low ground surface exposure and visibility as well as the amount of fill which was used to build up the ground surface. However, there is high potential for Potential Archaeological Deposit/s (PAD) to be present in the Project Area beneath layers of fill due to its proximity to an old creek line. This has been identified as HN-PW-PAD01.
Further information is contained within the ACHA report (Heritage Now 2021).
Figure 2. Detail of 1910 Map of Newcastle showing location of Project Area and former creek line
Figure 3. Project Area and AHIMS Sites
5 Impact Assessment
This section provides background on the potential impacts to archaeology based on the project works as well as how to manage the archaeological resource.
The Proposal is to:
• Increase student numbers from 256-480
• Demolition of blocks C, D and F (none of these buildings have basements and would be demolished to ground level)
• Construction of a three-storey building with rooftop and under croft play areas (known as the Union Street building)
• Refurbishment of block/building B for use as administration spaces, staff rooms and offices
• Construction of a one-way road adjacent to the northern boundary of the site to provide a student drop-off/pick-up area
• Stormwater and service upgrades
• Site landscaping
The main below ground disturbance will be from the pile caps, concrete piling and lift pit (Figure 4 and Figure 5). There will be approximately 55 piling locations. Of these, approximately 34 piles will be under strip footings 0.3m in depth. With the remaining being individual pile caps, which will typically be 1.2 m x 1.2 m in dimensions and 0.8 m deep. The concrete piles will be over 30 metres deep. The lift pit will be approximately 2.4 m x 2.4 m in dimensions and 2.15 m in depth. The stormwater drain will be 0.9 m wide and 0.9 m in depth (Figure 7). The piling placement has been determined to support the structure. One RAP representative identified that the piling may displace artefacts, while this is correct (if present), there is little scope to change the building design. The mitigation of this impact will be offset by the archaeological work carried out on site including targeting pile locations for test excavation, followed by salvage excavation (if warranted).These ground disturbing works will occur at discrete locations over an area of approximately 60m x 40 m (2400 square metres). However, it is noted that there is a 25 x 25 m area (625 square metres) which is a highly contaminated area (Section 5.1) and is not to disturbed. Room to accommodate site facilities and access is approximately 400 square metres). In addition, there is approximately 220 square metre area of trees for which the underlying roots would impede archaeological excavation. Thus the site area which can be accessed is approximately 1155 square metres.
Figure 4. Hatch Coversheet from 367874-H-00-DR-S-0001 Revision P02
Figure 5. Hatch 367874-H-01-DR-S-0200
5.1 Geotechnical and Contamination Information
A geotechnical report was prepared for the Project Area which identified contamination and fill layers (Tetra Tech Coffey 2023). This report was produced after the preparation of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment (Heritage Now 2021) for the Project Area.
The geotechnical definition of fill does not always correlate to an archaeological definition of fill and there are examples of intact Aboriginal sites having been identified in areas which were identified as geotechnical fill layers. However, the geotechnical testing has identified coal ash fill at depths of 0.25 m below ground surface up to 0.6 m below ground surface (Table 3). This is based on 18 boreholes undertaken by Tetra Tech Coffey (2023 Appendix C). Laboratory testing has identified this as Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) contamination of the site and is in such high levels in the centre of the site that it is not safe to be subject to archaeological hand excavation (Figure 6). The geotechnical testing has also identified that the water table is present at 1.4 -1.8 metres below ground surface (Tetra Tech Coffey 2023, 4). Boreholes DS14, DS15 and DS17 are north of the contaminated hotspot, but still have coal ash fill to 0.5 m below ground surface. Boreholes DS11, DS12 are south of the contaminated hotspot but still have coal ash present to depths of 0.4 m –0.5 m below ground surface. Borehole DS18 had coal ash down to at least 1.0 m (where the borehole terminated). Based on these results there is potential for approximately 0.9 m – 1.4 m of intact archaeological deposit to be present below the depth of coal ash fill and the water table (with this varying according to location across the site).
Table 3. Geotechnical Results summary, note the fill references in this table relate to geotechnical fill and this definition does not always align with an archaeological definition of fill.
Geotechnical
Test Location Description
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.3m – fine to coarse brown sand
0.3m-0.6m – fine to coarse sand with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
0.6-1.0m – fine to medium grained sandy clay with medium plasticity
DS01
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.25m – fine to coarse brown sand
0.25m-0.45m – fine to medium grained sand with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
0.45-0.8m – fine to medium grained sandy clay with low plasticity
0.8-1.0 m – fine sandy clay
DS02
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.35m – fine to coarse brown sand
0.35m-0.45m – fine to medium grained sand with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
0.35-0.7m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – brown/grey
0.7-1.0 m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – yellow/brown
DS03
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.35m – fine to coarse brown sand
DS04
0.35m-0.45m – fine to medium grained sand with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
Geotechnical
Test Location
DS05
DS06
DS07
DS08
DS09
DS10
Description
0.35-0.7m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – brown/grey
0.7-1.0 m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – yellow/brown
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.3m – fine to coarse brown gravelly sand
0.3m-0.4m – fine to medium grained sand, black soil staining with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
0.4-0.8m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – brown
0.7-1.0 m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – pale brown
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.3m – fine to medium brown gravelly sand
0.3m-0.6 m – fine to medium grained dark brown sand
0.6-1.0 m– pale brown sandy clay
Borehole terminated at 1.0m
While there was no coal ash fill observed, PAHs were detected in laboratory testing
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05 m – 0.25 m – fine to medium brown gravelly sand
0.25 m-0.5 m – fine to medium grained sand, black soil staining with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
Borehole terminated at 0.5 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.2 m – fine to medium black gravelly sand
0.2m-0.4m – fine to medium grained sand with traces of ash identified as coal ash fill
0.35-0.7 m – fine grained black sand
0.7-0.85 m – fine to medium grained clayey sand – yellow
0.85-1.0 m – fine to medium yellow sand
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m –
Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.2 m – fine dark brown sandy gravel
0.2 - 0.8 m – fine grained pale brown medium sandy clay (low plasticity)
0.8 m – 1.0 m low to medium plasticity orange clay
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m –
Topsoil and grass
0.05m – 0.3 m – fine to coarse sandy gravel - brown
0.2 - 0.6 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
0.6 m – 1.0 m – sandy clay, black fine to medium sand
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.3 m – sandy gravel, brown fine to coarse sand
0.3-0.5 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
0.5 – 1.0 m – clayey sand,
DS11
DS12
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.25 m – clayey sand, brown fine to medium sand
0.25-0.4 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
Geotechnical
Test Location
DS13
DS14
DS15
DS16
DS17
DS18
Description
0.4-0.8 m – clayey gravelly sand, brown fine to medium sand
0.8-1.0 m – sandy clay – fine to medium sand
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.2 m – fine to medium brown sand
0.2-0.45 m – fine to coarse gravel with concrete fragment observed
0.45-0.7 m – sandy clay, low plasticity, brown fine to medium sand
Borehole terminated at 0.7m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.15 m – fine to medium brown sand
0.15-0.3 m – clayey sand, low plasticity, brown/dark brown fine to medium sand
0.3-0.5 m gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
Borehole terminated at 0.6 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.2 m – fine to medium brown sand
0.2-0.5 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
0.5-0.8 m – brown/yellow clayey sand, fine to medium
Borehole terminated at 0.8 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.2 m – fine to medium brown sand
0.2-0.5 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
0.5-0.8 m – brown/yellow clayey sand, fine to medium
Borehole terminated at 0.8 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.3 m – clayey sand, low plasticity, fine to medium brown/pale brown sand
0.3-0.5 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
0.5-1.0 m – low plasticity brown/mottled orange clay
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
0-0.05 m – Topsoil and grass
0.05-0.35 m – sandy gravel, find to coarse cobbles/boulders and dark brown fine to medium sand
0.35-1.0 m – gravelly sand with black soil staining and traces of coal ash
Borehole terminated at 1.0 m
Figure 6 Contamination hotspot – not to be subject to archaeological excavation
6 Management of Archaeological Resource
The management of archaeological resource includes sub-surface investigation and salvage based on archaeological potential as well as contingencies for unexpected finds.
6.1 Research Questions and Aims
The following research questions have been developed based on archaeological information from other similar excavations in the Newcastle area.
Research Questions
Based on previous archaeological work the following research questions are posed:
• Does the Project Area have sand deposit similar to other sites in the Newcastle locality and what information does it provide regarding the antiquity of the deposit?
• How does occupation of the Project Area compare to the surrounding archaeological sites in terms of the artefact assemblage, and can inferences be made about the type of occupation (for instance base camps, transit camps or other special activity areas)?
• Does the site provide information on the ancient environment and has this changed over time?
6.1.1 Aims of the Test Excavation
The aim of the test excavation is to determine the 1) presence or absence of an archaeological site. If an archaeological site is present the following information is also sought 2) to identify degree of disturbance to the archaeological site, 3) to identify the spatial extent of the intact portions of the archaeological site, 4) to determine the depth of the archaeological site (if possible, depending on safety, water table and other factors), 5) to characterise the nature (features) and analyse the contents, of the archaeological site (such as stone artefact types and materials, shellfish species) to gain an understanding of site formation processes; resource exploitation; and identify any changes in type of occupation over time (as well as comparison to material from other Newcastle excavations summarised in Appendix 2), 6) to determine if the test excavation results are adequate for addressing the research questions and extent of proposed ground disturbance from the development and thus whether salvage excavation is needed. If an archaeological site is not present then the test excavation results need to be documented to provide record of the investigations and an interpretation of the area.
6.1.2 Aims of a Salvage Excavation
The aim of the salvage excavation is to excavate an archaeological sample that is adequate for addressing the research questions and responds to the extent of ground disturbance that will result from the proposed development. It may also need to identify the depth and extent of the archaeological site, should a greater sample be needed above what was done during the test excavation. It may also need to further characterise the nature and contents of the archaeological site.
6.2 Sub-surface excavation methods
This section outlines the sampling and sub-surface archaeological excavation methods to be used for the testing as well as triggers for salvage.
6.2.1 Spatial Sample for Test Excavation
The archaeological units will target the pile locations as these will have the greatest depth impact on underlying sediment. The placement of these archaeological units will avoid the highly contaminated area (hotspot), areas with deep coal ash e.g. DS18 and the area of trees, where tree roots will impede the archaeological excavation. Six initial test pits will sample the extent of the proposed pile locations, with up to four additional test pits distributed between these locations. Locations are indicative only and may be changed in the field in consultation with the RAPs (Figure 7).
6.2.2 Triggers for Salvage Excavation
The triggers for salvage excavation have taken into account the relevant archaeological excavations in the Newcastle area (Appendix 2) and will be based on the results of the test excavation for the purposes of excavating an archaeological sample that is adequate for addressing the research questions and responds to the extent of ground disturbance that will result from the proposed development, but only if it is safe and feasible to do so. Triggers for salvage may include a greater sample if needed to identify the extent and depth of the archaeological deposit and/or sample units consecutively to identify intra-site spatial patterning or to fully investigate and document features that were unable to be recovered under the test excavation sampling or field methods. For instance, a midden which extended outside the test excavation sample area or was too deep to reach using text excavation methods. Triggers for salvage may also include:
• areas where moderate-high average densities of artefacts are identified (>20/m2) (this density trigger is based on previous Newcastle excavations summarised in Appendix 2),
Figure 7 Indicative test pits for excavation (avoiding areas of contamination and trees)
• presence of unusual artefacts and/or presence of different material types, compared to the lithic assemblages of other excavated sites in Newcastle, which are dominated by flakes/broken flakes and tuff/chert/IMT (see Section 4 and Appendix 2),
• identification of significant archaeological features, such as hearths or midden material,
• evidence of intact deep, stratified deposits relative to other portions of the site and/or similar in comparison to other excavated sites in Newcastle that have been dated to the Early to Late Holocene, and likely to indicate repeated visitation or use of the site over time by Aboriginal people.
6.2.3 Archaeological unit (pits and trenches)
Archaeological units will be 0.5m x 0.5 m to 1.0 m x 1.0 m for the purposes of testing presence or absence of artefacts and archaeological unit size will be selected according to field conditions, in consultation with the RAPs.
For hand excavation areas, the deposit is to be excavated in spits of 50mm to 100 mm as dictated by field conditions, but stratigraphic sampling may be used if appropriate to the archaeological context. Sampling of soils or charcoal for the purposes of environmental dating will be taken where it will assist in interpreting the site.
If fill layers are identified, these may be stripped back by machine, as per Section 6.2.5.
6.2.4 Excavation hand field methods and sieving
The units will be hand excavated unless it has been identified the soil is fill, contaminated or otherwise unsafe to excavate by hand. Hand excavation methods will involve shovel and trowel techniques with sediment being collected in labelled bucket. The deposit will then be screen sieved to retrieve artefacts. Artefacts will be extracted by hand and placed in labelled bags corresponding to the archaeological spits. Dry or wet sieving methods will be used depending on the nature of the sediment extracted. A 5mm sieve aperture will be used unless there is an archaeological reason to undertake sample sieving with a 3mm sieve.
6.2.5 Excavation mechanical methods and installation of shoring
The geotechnical report (Tetra Tech Coffey 2023) identified coal ash at 0.4m to 0.5 below ground surface. Where it is safe to do so, a 0.5 m x 0.5 m test pit will be hand excavated with shovels to confirm the depth of coal ash fill and once this has been identified, the fill will be removed by machine, a sample of this may also be sieved (if safe enough to do so). The extent of fill to be removed will depend on the intended sample location size, for instance a 1 m x 1 m archaeological unit may require clearing a buffer of 2 metres on either side of that unit, depending on the anticipated need for benching or shoring and thus may be 3m x 3m in dimensions. Benching or shoring methods may be used depending on the suitability, field conditions and in consultation with the RAPs.
If it is a set of contiguous sample locations such as a 2 m x 2 m pit made up of four 1 m x 1m excavation squares then the benching area may increase to 4 m x 4 m. Any mechanical methods of excavation will be supervised by an archaeologist. The archaeological units will be excavated manually when safe to do so, however, if excavation is required below safe working depths then excavation may be conducted mechanically, with vertical controls in place and appropriate to sampling conditions.
In some instances, shoring will be needed to achieve archaeological excavation at depth. Shoring panels come in standard sizes and cannot be adjusted to fit a particular pit size. Shoring panels will be selected according to the intended archaeological unit size for instance a 1 m x 1 m square or 1 m x 2 m trench, or 2 m x 2 m trench. The shoring panel size which most closely fits the archaeological unit size will be selected to ensure minimal disturbance. However, it is noted that all shoring installations will involve soil disturbance from displacing the soil around the shoring unit and depending on panel sizes available this is generally 0.5 m, but may be up to 1.5 depending on availability of panels and site conditions. The tamping down of the panels by machine can also cause vibration with the archaeological trench.
6.2.6
Methods for excavation of features
The excavation of archaeological features will be tailored to type of feature, its size, compaction, materials and other field factors. Archaeological features which may be encountered include hearths and middens, amongst others.
A hearth feature may be indicated by the presence of charcoal, where charcoal is encountered, the area will be cleaned back by hand with a trowel and brush to identify if the charcoal is consolidated in the form a hearth and if there are any heat retainer stones in association with the charcoal. A plan of the hearth will be drawn and feature photographed. The feature will also be sectioned to provide an understanding of the depth and vertical distribution of the feature, but also to allow for sampling of datable sediments or materials.
The presence of shell may indicate the presence of a midden. If shell is encountered, shovel excavation will be replaced by trowel and brush excavation methods. If the extent of the feature is demarcated within the trench then a plan of the midden will be drawn and photographed. The feature may be sectioned if understanding of depth and vertical distribution is needed and/or to allow for the sampling of datable sediments or materials.
If midden extends across the entire trench then it will be photographically documented. Depending on field conditions a smaller section of the trench may be excavated to reveal the depth and vertical characteristics of the midden and/or to allow for the sampling of datable sediments or materials.
Where a feature extends beyond the walls of a trench the consideration of the context and significance of the feature will be considered. In some instances, further sampling of the feature may be needed and will involve extending the trench. Before this takes place, the feature will be protected with geofabric or similar and the surround walls stabilised to ensure the trench extension will not impact the feature. The trench extension will be undertaken in spit increments as per the standard excavation methods until the feature is reached and then the other portion of the feature will be treated as per the methods for excavating features.
The excavation of features other than hearth and midden will adopt the same principles of the above, but will be tailored to the field conditions as well as the type of feature, its size, compaction and materials.
6.3 Artefact Curation, Storage, Recording and Analysis
During the course of the excavation, Aboriginal objects and archaeological/environmental samples will be kept in a sealed storage container at the Newcastle Grammar School - Park Campus in a secure, temporary site office.
Following the excavation, Aboriginal objects and archaeological/environmental samples will be temporarily stored in a sealed storage container at the Heritage Now Pty Ltd office (at either 1/48 Kalaroo Road, Redhead NSW or 275 Stanmore Road, Petersham NSW). Subsequent analysis by a relevant technical specialist will be undertaken at the Heritage Now Pty Ltd office or the laboratory/place of business of the technical specialist.
Once analysed and documented, options for the disposition of Aboriginal objects include reburial on site or a Care Agreement for the permanent storage of archaeological material under section 85A(1)(c) of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act) . The final disposition of the Aboriginal objects will be determined following the completion of the project works, in consultation with the RAPs.
6.3.1 Stone artefact recording
The minimum attributes for stone artefact recording are set out in (Table 4). Generally, each artefact will be recorded and measured individually, however in instances where there are very small pieces of debitage or small artefacts such as backing flakes these may be grouped, counted and weighed according to artefact raw material and type. The additional stone artefact attributes (Table 5) will be selected according to the nature of the assemblage and the research questions.
Table 4. Minimum flaked stone attributes
Attribute Description
Raw Material Stone raw material of the artefact will be identified
Cortex
Artefact Type
Completeness
The presence/absence of cortex will be recorded (and in some cases percentage of cortex)
The artefact type will be identified, for flaked artefacts this may include, flake, core or specialised tool type
The completeness of the artefact will be recorded as complete/incomplete and in the case of flakes may be recorded as proximal, medial, distal, cone-split or flaked piece (in instances where the former cannot be identified).
Table 5. Additional stone artefact attributes which may be used
Attribute Description
Length
Width
Thickness
Weight
Flakes
Cores
For flakes this would be the maximum length from the point of percussion at a right angles to the platform to the distal end, for other artefacts it would be the maximum length. Measured in mm or by grouped size analysis.
For flakes this would be the measurement taken from the middle of the percussion access as measured from the point of percussion. For other artefacts it would be the maximum length. Measured in mm or by grouped size analysis.
For flakes, thickness of flake would be measured at the intersection of the length and width axis. For other artefacts it would be the maximum thickness. Measured in mm or by grouped size analysis.
Measured in grams. This may be undertaken on individual artefacts, or grouped small pieces of debitage or small artefacts such as backing flakes.
For complete flakes, platform type and termination type will be recorded, or as relevant for broken flakes.
Additional attributes may include platform orientation, negative flake scars, negative flake scar type.
Attribute Description
Heat Treatment
For certain raw materials, for instance silcrete, heat treatment lustre may be recorded, where it will contribute to the overall analysis.
Water rolling Presence or absence of water rolling
6.3.2 Shell and Bone recording
Shell and bone will be sorted and identified to species (or family) level where diagnostic features allow, with Minimum Number of Individuals (MNI) and weight recorded for each shell species. Evidence of modification (eg. burning/cut marks) and post-depositional processes will be noted, where relevant.
6.3.1
Analysis of archaeological materials
The catalogue records of the stone artefacts, shell and/or bone will be subjected to analysis as appropriate this may include minimum counts, analysis of raw materials, spatial patterning across the site, interpretation of deposits relative to stratigraphy and similar.
6.4 Collection of Artefacts without Archaeological Context
Artefacts identified without archaeological context, surface finds, finds from fill layers, or wall collapse, may be collected for cultural purposes. The position will be recorded by GPS or on the site plan, notes will be taken on their context, and they will be bagged and labelled. However, they will only be subject to detailed analysis if doing so will provide additional archaeological or cultural information.
6.5 Reporting on Archaeological Material
All archaeological work is to be documented to meet the standards under the Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal objects in NSW (DECCW 2010a) and the Guide to investigating, assessing and reporting on Aboriginal cultural heritage in NSW (OEH 2011). Any other archaeological or environmental samples are to be analysed and reported on in relation to the research questions.
6.6 Protocols for Unexpected Finds
If archaeological deposit or finds which are suspected to exceed the threshold value outlined based on the test excavation/salvage results, then works in that area are to stop and the area is to be cordoned off. The Project Manager is to contact the Archaeologist to make an assessment as to whether the material is classed as Aboriginal object/s under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 and advise on the required management and mitigation measures. Works are not to recommence in the cordoned off area until heritage clearance has been given by the Archaeologist and/or the required management and mitigation measures have been implemented. Where an unexpected Aboriginal object is found, consultation shall be undertaken with the Registered Aboriginal Parties for the Project to identify management and mitigation measures prior to works re-commencing in that area. The protocols for unexpected finds will be dependent upon the results of the archaeological excavation and will be further developed once archaeological excavation of the area has been completed. However, triggers may include the discovery of a new
site type (not identified previously) for instance the discovery of midden, if none was recovered during the test excavation. The discovery of an intact archaeological site if it was not identified during the test excavation. The discovery of material types not identified during the test excavation for instance presence of silcrete artefacts if not identified in the test excavation. Other triggers include discovery of archaeological material that is unexpected or material with higher than expected significance.
6.7 Protocols for Human Remains
The Plan and the Project Approval does not allow the disturbance of human remains. In the very unlikely event that human remains, or suspected human remains, are uncovered during the development, then works in that area are to stop and the area is to be cordoned off. The Project Manager is to contact the NSW Police to establish whether the area is a crime scene. If it is not a crime scene, then Heritage NSW is to be notified via the Environment Line on 131 555, and management measures are to be devised in consultation with the RAPs. Works are not to recommence in the area until the management measures have been implemented.
6.8 Site Induction Protocols and Training
All project personnel are to be made aware of their obligations under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974. This includes the implementation of archaeological management in accordance with this Plan as well as protocols for the management of unexpected finds and human remains. This may be done through an on-site induction or other suitable formats. The Registered Aboriginal Parties will be invited to contribute and/or conduct the on-site induction.
6.9 Heritage Interpretation
The Designing with Country process is to continue and is to draw on the information collected in the themes and stories consultation that is documented in the ACHA report. Consultation is to continue with the Registered Aboriginal Parties for the Designing with Country.
7 Roles and Responsibilities and Compliance
This section outlines the roles and responsibilities under this Plan.
7.1 Project Manager
The Project Manager is the person responsible for overseeing the works. They are responsible for communicating the requirements under this Plan to the relevant personnel and ensuring Plan is implemented. They are responsible for maintaining the heritage contact list for those involved in the archaeological works and maintaining the compliance register.
7.2 Archaeologist
The Archaeologist is a qualified professional who is responsible for undertaking and reporting on the archaeological management for the Project.
7.3 Registered Aboriginal Parties
The Registered Aboriginal Parties for the Project are listed in Table 2 on page 6 of this Plan. The Registered Aboriginal Parties are to be consulted for the implementation of this Plan as well as the continued Designing with Country program as part of the Project.
7.1 Contact List and Compliance Register
A heritage contact list is to be maintained by the Project Manager to ensure the relevant individuals and parties are involved in the implementation of this Plan. The Project Manager is also to maintain a register of compliance with this Plan (and the Project Approval conditions) with respect to cultural heritage.
Artefact Heritage. 2016. <Wickham Transport Interchange: Test and Salvage Excavation Report.=
DECCW. 2010a. Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in NSW Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water.
. 2010b. <Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales.= Sydney, NSW: Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water.
Eco Logical Australia. 2020. <Archaeological Salvage Excavation of 38 Hannell St Newcastle PAD (AHIMS 38-4-1795).= Thirdi 38 Hannell Pty Ltd.
Government Architect NSW. 2020. <Designing with Country: A Discussion Paper for All Stakeholders in Built Environment Projects That Impact Aboriginal Communities as Well as Their Culture and Heritage.=
Heritage Now. 2021. <Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report - Newcastle Grammar School.= Report for APP.
Mary Dallas Consulting Archaeologists. 2004. <Aboriginal Archaeological Test Excavation Report Boardwalk Site Honeysuckle Drive, Newcastle NSW.= Stronach Pty Ltd.
NSW Minerals Council. 2010. <NSW Minerals Industry Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects.= NSW Minerals Council Ltd.
OEH. 2011. Guide to Investigating, Assessing and Reporting on Aboriginal Cultural Heritage in New South Wales. Office of Environment and Heritage.
Tetra Tech Coffey. 2023. <Remediation Action Plan (RAP) Newcastle Grammar School - Park Campus: 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill NSW 754-NTLGE282007-AK REV 2.= APP.
Umwelt (Australia) Pty Ltd. 2020. <Newcastle Light Rail Project – Works Conducted under AHIP C0002170.= Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd.
Appendix 1 Aboriginal Consultation
Contact Organisation Contacted by Organisation
Agency Letter
Sir or Madam
Native Title Services Corp Raisa PerezHeritage NowEmail8/04/2021
Sir or Madam Register of Aboriginal Owners Raisa PerezHeritage NowEmail8/04/2021
Sir or Madam Heritage NSW Raisa Perez Heritage Now Email 8/04/2021
CEO Awabakal Local Aboriginal Land Council Raisa PerezHeritage NowEmail8/04/2021
Sir or Madam Newcastle City Council Raisa PerezHeritage NowEmail8/04/2021
Sir or Madam Hunter Local Land Services Raisa PerezHeritage NowEmail8/04/2021
Olivia Connors Awabakal DescendentTessa Boer-MahHeritage Now Online Meeting3/09/2021
Minutes sent out 28/9/2021
Peter Townsend Awabakal Local Aboriginal Land Council (LALC) –Cultural Heritage OfficerTessa Boer-MahHeritage Now Online Meeting6/09/2021
Minutes sent out 28/9/2021
Contact Organisation Contacted by Organisation
Awabakal Descendants
Traditional Owners
Shane Frost
Jacqui Allen
Aboriginal CorporationTessa Boer-MahHeritage Now
Miromaa Aboriginal Language and Technology Centre –Language CoordinatorTessa Boer-MahHeritage Now
Responses to Draft Report
Joven SanchezHeritage NowLilly Carroll
Online Meeting6/09/2021
Comment/response
Minutes sent out 28/9/2021
Minutes sent out 28/9/2021
Online Meeting6/09/2021
Didge Ngunawal Clan Email28/09/2021
Agrees with recommendations
Joven SanchezHeritage NowKerrie Brauer
Awabakal
Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation Email28/09/2021
Agrees with the proposed recommendations Suggested that the recommendations include reference to Designing with Country to emphasise the importance of incorporating cultural design.
Recommended that Cultural Heritage Induction be provided by Awabakal Traditional Owners. Does not support the removal of topsoil from the site
Contact Organisation Contacted by
Joven SanchezHeritage NowShane Frost
Awabakal Descendants Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation Email28/09/2021
Attached response to the draft ACHAR. Agrees overall, wishes to add that induction be provided by Awabakal Descendants
Joven SanchezHeritage NowRobert Syron Worimi Guringai Lands Email1/10/2021 Sent references to add to report (refer to email)
Would like to register as a RAP and will provide feedback on the revised methodology later today. Late registration. Has forward through her insurance for fieldwork.
Les AtkinsonJarban & MugrebeaTiffany JonesHeritage NowPhone5/10/2023
David Ahoy Lower Hunter Aboriginal Incorporated
Robert Syron Worimi Guringai Lands
Kathleen Steward Kinchela Yinarr Cultural Services
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowPhone5/10/2023
Phone did not ring, could not leave voicemail
Phone did not ring, could not leave voicemail
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowPhone5/10/2023No answer. Voicemail left
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowAmanda Hickey Amanda Hickey Cultural Services Email5/10/2023
Comment/response
Supports revised methodology. Is interested in taking part in excavations.
Supports the amended methodology
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowKerrie Brauer Awabakal Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation Phone5/10/2023
Support the amended methodology. Wants it to be noted that considering how artefacts move through sand, be mindful of the pylon placement. Additional comments regarding the report: pg1the traditional custodians should be acknowledged before the LALC boundary (the ACHMSP was amended accordingly); pg 6 list of stakeholders should be updated to include Peter Leven (Awabakal descendants) and Tracey Howie (Awabakal and Guringai) (added to stakeholder list and copy of ACHMSP provided); would also like to see the artefacts reburied on school grounds with a garden or seat over the top to protect them.
Contact Organisation Contacted by Organisation
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowRobert Syron
Carolyn Hickey A1 Indigenous Services
Method
Worimi Guringai Lands Phone5/10/2023
Comment/response
Supports the amended methodology. Also notes that only people with cultural associations to the area should provide input.
Kerrie Brauer Awabakal Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation
Robert Syron Worimi Guringai Lands
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowEmail5/10/2023
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowEmail5/10/2023
Thanks for feedback and summary of conversation
Contact Organisation Contacted by Organisation Method
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowPeter Leven
Awabakal Descendants
Traditional Owners
Aboriginal Corporation Phone6/10/2023
Comment/response
Agrees with the revised methodology. Has raised concerns about the amount of pylons going in and would prefer full depth text excavations in these areas. Would also like a test pit within the the lift pit. TJ confirmed excavations would be undertaken to water table where required.
Registered as individual only; asked to update info in records
Tiffany JonesHeritage NowOlivia Connors Nukara Cultural Services Email16/10/2023
Agrees and supports revised methology and is available for excavations
Contact Organisation
Ngaire RichardsHeritage NowKerrie Brauer
Awabakal
Traditional Owners
Aboriginal Corporation Email1/11/2023
Comment/response
Response to feedback provided by email summarising updates to report including: clarification of piling placment and proposed mitigation (Section 5); disposition of Aboriginal objects to include option of re-burial on school grounds following consutlation with RAPs (Section 6.3), acknowledgement of traditional custodians (Section 1.1), update names in Aboriginal consultation table (Section 3.1)
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Amanda De Zwart <amandahickey@live.com.au>5 October 2023 at 12:53
To: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Hi Tiffany
Thank you for the Updated methodology. AHCS has read over the Amended methodology AHCS supports and it's happy with the Amended methodology
If you have any questions or need anything else, please feel free to contact me..
Thanks Tiffany
Have a great day
Amanda Hickey AHCS
Get Outlook for Android
From: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Sent: Thursday, October 5, 2023 12:34:07 PM
To: Amanda DeZwart <amandahickey@live.com.au>
Subject: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236
Good Afternoon,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:13 To: Cazadirect <Cazadirect@live.com>
Hi Carolyn,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our earlier conversation, I have made note that you support the revised methodology and are interested in taking part in the excavations.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:07, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:16 To: Trudy Smith <hunters_1@bigpond.com>
Hi Trudy,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our earlier conversation, I have made note that you support any recommendations made by Kerrie Brauer.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:08, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:21 To: Didgengunawalclan <didgengunawalclan@yahoo.com.au>
Hi Paul,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our earlier conversation, I have made note that you support the revised methodology.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:13, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:26 To: Amanda DeZwart <amandahickey@live.com.au>
Hi Amanda,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our conversation, I have added you to the RAP list for this project. I have also received your feedback for the project's revised methodology and saved a copy of your insurance to our files. Thanks for resending it through.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 12:34, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Afternoon,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:29 To: Nukara Culture <nukarakara@outlook.com>
Hi Olivia,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our conversation, I have noted you support the revised methodology and that you are interested in taking part in the excavations.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:16, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:36 To: Kerrie Brauer <Kerrie@awabakal.com.au>
Hi Kerrie,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our conversation, I have noted you support the revised methodology and to be mindful of the pylon placement by considering how artefacts move through sand. I have also recorded your additional feedback about the report in regard to the acknowledgement of the traditional custodians of the land, the updating of names in the Aboriginal Consultation table, and the suggestion of reburring any recovered artefacts on the school ground underneath a garden or a seat.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:11, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>5 October 2023 at 15:42 To: Bob & Sam <bobsam1@bigpond.net.au>
Hi Robert,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our conversation, I have noted that you support the amended methodology as well as your feedback that only individuals with a cultural association to the area should provide input about the project.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:15, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Re: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>6 October 2023 at 09:18 To: Peter Leven <peterleven@y7mail.com>
Hi Peter,
Thanks for your time on the phone this morning.
As per our conversation, I have noted you support the revised methodology as well as your concerns about the amount of pylons going in and wanting full depth test excavations in these areas. Your additional feedback regarding the placement of a test pit within the lift pit has also been noted.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:09, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Fwd: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>6 October 2023 at 09:47
To: Tracey <tracey@guringai.com.au>
Hi Tracey,
The following information is in regard to a project at the Newcastle Grammar School - Park Campus that has been running for over 2.5 years, for which Trudy is listed as the contact for Awabakal and Guringai Pty Ltd. This was brought to my attention after speaking to both Kerrie and Trudy, who have recommended that correspondence regarding the project is also forwarded to you. Please find attached the Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan, which contains the proposed methodology for investigations at the school, for your information.
Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
---------- Forwarded message ---------
From: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Date: Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:08
Subject: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236
To: Trudy Smith <hunters_1@bigpond.com>
Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
2 attachments
Sections 5 and 6.pdf
627K
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
RE: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236
1 message
hunters_1@bigpond.com
<hunters_1@bigpond.com>9 October 2023 at 16:51
To: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Thanks for your call last week, Tiffany.
Just to clarify, I only registered on behalf of my own individual name as an Registered Aboriginal Proponent….can you please update this on all of your records.
Regards
Trudy Smith
0409 449609
From: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Sent: 5 October, 2023 9:09 AM
To: Trudy Smith <hunters_1@bigpond.com>
Subject: Urgent feedback request for Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP HN2236
Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well. Kind Regards, Tiffany
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
HN236-C Newcastle Grammar School ACHMSP feedback 1 message
Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>1 November 2023 at 10:42
To: Kerrie Brauer <Kerrie@awabakal.com.au>
Cc: Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au>
Dear Kerrie,
Thank you for your recent comments regarding the Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan (ACHMSP). This email is being provided in response to a Request for Additional Information from Heritage NSW regarding the ACHMSP, which identified that the plan should be revised to indicate which section of the plan addresses the feedback received from the Awabakal Descendants Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation. The changes we have made and the sections updated are summarised below:
- Be mindful of piling placement
We have updated the impact assessment (Section 5) to clarify that the piling placement has been determined to support the structure, and there is little scope to change the building design. The mitigation of this impact will be offset by the archaeological work carried out on site, including targeting piling locations for test excavation, followed by salvage excavation (if required).
- Re-burial of artefacts on school grounds
We have updated the section regarding the disposition of Aboriginal objects recovered during the excavation (Section 6.3), to include the option of reburial on site following the completion of the project works, to be determined in consultation with Registered Aboriginal Parties.
- Acknowledgement of the traditional custodians of the land
We have updated the report introduction to reflect this (Section 1.1).
- Update names in the Aboriginal Consultation table
We have updated the stakeholder names to reflect this (Section 3.1).
Regards, Ngaire Richards
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 15:36, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Hi Kerrie,
Thanks for your time on the phone today.
As per our conversation, I have noted you support the revised methodology and to be mindful of the pylon placement by considering how artefacts move through sand. I have also recorded your additional feedback about the report in regard to the acknowledgement of the traditional custodians of the land, the updating of names in the Aboriginal Consultation table, and the suggestion of reburring any recovered artefacts on the school ground underneath a garden or a seat.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
On Thu, 5 Oct 2023 at 09:11, Hello At Heritage Now <hello@heritagenow.com.au> wrote: Good Morning,
The Newcastle Grammar School Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Sub-Plan was sent out for consultation some months ago. Due to additional geotechnical information being made available, we have changed the excavation methodology to suit. Can you please have a look at sections 5 and 6 of the attached report and provide feedback? We have also included them as a separate attachment as well.
Kind Regards, Tiffany
Appendix 2 Summary of Aboriginal site features from excavations in Newcastle.
Table 6. Summary of Aboriginal site features from excavations in Newcastle.
Three occupation periods in Early to Late Holocene (6,716 – 6,502 BP, c. 3,500 BP, and 2,480 – 1,933 BP). Evidence of continued occupation after 1,933 BP truncated by historical activities.
Broken Flake (219), Flake (96), Angular Fragment (74), Core/ Core Fragment (7)
Presence of midden (Yes/No) - most abundant shellfish species
No
Yes, but fragmentary with tentative species identification –Anadara trapezia/Ostrea Angasi, Pyrazus Ebeninus/Cabestana spengleri
Site Interpretation
Repeated or longer-term camp site, stone tool production (secondary reduction)
Multiple events over time –primarily resource acquisition and processing
Estimated Age
Unspecified
Early to Late Holocene (7,000 BP – c1800s)
Newcastle Grammar School Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan Plan: RCA Australia – RCA Ref. 17035.403.1 Rev no. 1 – 12/02/2024
NEWCASTLE GRAMMER SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN
Prepared for Core Project Group Pty Ltd
Prepared by RCA Australia Pty Ltd
RCA ref 17035.403.1 February 2024
ABN 53 063 515 711
92 Hill Street, CARRINGTON NSW 2294
Telephone: +61 2 4902 9200
Email: administrator@rca.com.au
Internet: www.rca.com.au
This document is and shall remain the property of RCA Australia The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the Terms of Engagement for the commission supplied at the time of proposal Unauthorised use of this document in any form whatsoever is prohibited
DOCUMENT STATUS
DOCUMENT DISTRIBUTION
APPENDICES
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
ABBREVIATION AND GLOSSARY
Abbreviation or term
Ambient Noise
Background Noise
Decibel (dB)
Definition
The all-encompassing noise associated within a given environment. It is the composite of sounds from many sources, both near and far.
The underlying level of noise present in the ambient noise, excluding the noise sources under investigation. The background noise is often represented by the LA90 level. See also Rating Background Level below.
A unit of sound measurement. It is equivalent to 10 times the logarithm (to base 10) of the ratio of a given sound pressure to a reference pressure.
ICNG Interim Construction Noise Guideline (ICNG) (DECC, 2009)
LAeq,15 min
Rating Background Level (RBL)
Noise Management Level (NML)
Sound Power Level
Noise Sensitive Receiver
CNVMP
CNVIS
Is the A weighted, equivalent continuous sound level in decibels measured over a 15-minute period.
The overall, single-figure background level representing each assessment period (day/evening/night). The RBL is derived from statistical analysis of many individual LA90,15 min levels recorded over a monitoring period of at least 7 days. The RBL is the basis for determining construction Noise Management Levels (see below) for residential receivers.
The noise level representing the point at which there may be negative community reaction to construction noise. If predicted noise levels are above the NML, feasible and reasonable mitigation measures will be investigated
The total sound energy radiated per unit time expressed in decibels.
This is a location where people may be adversely impacted by construction noise or vibration. They are defined by the occupancy and the activities performed at the location. Noise sensitive receivers can include dwellings, schools, hospitals, offices and parks.
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
Construction Noise and Vibration Impact Statement
OOHW Out of Hours Work
12 February 2024
Core Project Group Pty Ltd
152 Maitland Road, Islington NSW 2296
Attention: Joshua Smith
NEWCASTLE GRAMMER SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN
1 INTRODUCTION
Core Project Group (the client) are expanding the Newcastle Grammer School Park Campus (the Project) located at 127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300.
This Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) has been developed for the construction phase of the Project. The CNVMP furnishes comprehensive information regarding the plan's framework for mitigating and managing potential noise and vibration effects arising from the Project's construction activities.
The purpose of this CNVMP is to:
• Outline the roles and responsibilities of the project team.
• Maintain compliance with the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997.
• Identify the potential construction noise and vibration impacts of the Project on the local environment.
• Describe the measures to be implemented to minimise those impacts
• Establish a framework for consultation with the nearby community and to investigate and respond to community concerns.
RCA Australia (RCA) is a member firm of Association of Australasian Acoustical Consultants (AAAC). This management plant has received technical input and review by the RCA Acoustics Manager who is also a member of the Australian Acoustical Society.
2 MANAGEMENT PLAN REQUIREMENTS
This CNVMP addresses the requirements supplied by New South Wales Department of Planning as shown in Table 1
Table 1 The Department of Planning’s requirements related to noise and vibration
Description
a) be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced acoustic consultant;
b) describe procedures for achieving the noise management levels in EPA’s Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009);
c) describe the measures to be implemented to manage high noise generating works such as piling, in close proximity to sensitive receivers;
d) include strategies that have been developed with the community for managing high noise generating works;
e) describe the community consultation undertaken to develop the strategies in condition (d) above;
f) include a complaints management system that would be implemented for the duration of the construction; and
g) include a program to monitor and report on the impacts and environmental performance of the development and the effectiveness of the management measures in accordance with condition E155
3 CNVMP OBJECTIVES
CNVMP reference
Section 1
Sections 7, 9 and 10
Section 10.2
Section 8 and Section 10.2
Section 8
Sections 11 and 12
Sections 5, 7 and 9
This CNVMP defines the measures implemented and the processes followed on site to control both environmental and occupational noise and vibration. Implementation of this CNVMP will ensure all personnel are aware of their obligations relating to environmental and occupational noise and vibration, such as site noise targets and safe noise environments, and are able to apply appropriate controls and management techniques to meet environmental and occupational noise and vibration criteria.
The CNVMP identifies the sources of noise and vibration emissions and nominates procedures for their control. The CNVMP also allocates the responsibilities and obligations of Core Project to ensure noise and vibration emissions are controlled, minimising the impact to the local community and environment. Objectives for each of these considerations are outlined below.
ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE OBJECTIVES
This plan will ensure Core Project undertake construction activities while minimising environmental noise nuisance to nearby noise sensitive receivers. Relevant legislation and guidelines include:
• Protection of the Environment Operations Act, 1997
• Interim Construction Noise Guideline (ICNG) (DECC, 2009).
• Road Noise Policy (RNP), Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water (DECCW), 2011.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
OCCUPATIONAL NOISE OBJECTIVES
Core Project will operate in a manner that provides a safe environment for their workers. This includes protecting workers from occupational noise exposure by means of management techniques, engineering controls and where necessary, using personal protective equipment. The following legislation and guidelines are relevant to occupational noise exposure:
• Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017, Part 4.1 Noise.
Identify vibration sensitive assets that may be impacted by construction vibration and vibration targets to avoid causing any damage to these assets. Define mitigation measures that can be communicated to the construction team to ensure no damage is caused to any vibration sensitive assets. Relevant legislation and guidelines include:
• Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (the vibration guideline), Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC), 2006
• British Standard BS 7385: Part 2-1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings Part 2: Guide to damage levels from groundborne vibration (BSI, 1993)
4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
4.1
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project requires demolition of various existing buildings and reconstruction of new building spaces The demolition and proposed site plan are presented in Appendix A
Following are the primary components of the proposed Project, the noise and vibration from which will be controlled under this noise management plan:
• Demolition of the existing covered outdoor learning area (COLA) and existing Block C, D and F.
• Construction of an internal road along the northern boundary of the site.
• Construction of the Union Street Building, which is a proposed three-storey building including under-croft and additional roof top play area
• Building B refurbishment, to be used for administration, staff rooms, offices and classrooms
• Alterations to existing Building A, including the refurbishment of the Sandi Warren Performance Centre. Alterations will accommodate the Canteen and Specialist Learning facilities.
• Associated landscaping and stormwater upgrades.
4.2
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
The construction schedule with start and finish of major phases and final completion dates are outlined in Table 2
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
Portion Building
Portion 1
Portion 2
Union Street Building
Block B
Block C & D
Construction phase
Start Date End Date
Screw Piling 05/01/2024 31/01/2024
Form, Reo, Pour Pile Caps 02/02/2024 22/02/2024
Form, Reo, Pour ground floor slab & columns 16/02/2024 12/03/2024
Form, Reo, Pour Level 1 slab & columns 13/03/2024 02/05/2024
Form, Reo, Pour Level 2 slab & columns 21/05/2024 18/06/2024
Form, Reo, Pour Level 3 slab & columns 04/07/2024 30/07/2024
Roof Structure 27/08/2024 10/10/2024
Internal fit out works 11/10/2024 06/01/2025
Landscaping 05/11/2024 16/01/2025
Install 2-Stop lift 08/12/2023 14/01/2025
Demolition of Blocks C & D 11/12/2024 20/12/2024
Hard and Soft Landscaping 23/12/2024 11/02/2025
Block A Fit out works 11/12/2024 11/02/2025
4.3 CONSTRUCTION HOURS
Construction activities for The Project are typically scheduled between 7 am and 6 pm from Monday to Friday. If construction work is necessary on weekends, it will occur within the standard weekend hours, which are from 8 am to 1 pm on Saturdays and no construction works on Sundays or Public Holidays.
4.4 SOUND POWERS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
The construction activities and sound power levels related to the construction stages have been taken from the following sources:
• RCA’s measurements of plant on site where available.
• Transport for New South Wales Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline (CNVG)
Adopted sound power levels are presented in Table 3
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024 Table 2
Table 3
Construction Stage Equipment
Vibration may potentially be perceived but is anticipated to remain below cosmetic damage guidance levels. This will be verified with monitoring.
Receivers behind a fence, without direct line of sight to the
4.5 EXISTING ENVIRONMENT
A Noise Impact Assessment (NIA) was undertaken by SLR Consulting in 2021 (report ref –630.30188-R01) RCA have adopted rating background levels (RBLs) presented by SLR. RBLs represents the acoustic environment of an area and will be used to derive the noise criteria for residential receivers RBLs are shown in Table 4
Table 4 Rating Background Levels
5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The controls and management techniques presented in this CNVMP will be made available to the project team. The controls and management techniques of this CNVMP will be highlighted to all project work crews through inductions, training and regular toolbox talks/meetings. Table 5 shows the relevant contact information for people with responsibilities for construction noise and vibration.
Table 5 Table of Contact
Designation Company Name Email
Project Manager Core Project Andrew Brinkworth Andrew.brinkworth@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Site Manager Core Project Michael Nebauer Michael.nebauer@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Site Supervisor Core Project Mathew Oxford Mathew.oxford@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Site Engineer Core Project Joshua Smith Joshua.smith@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Senior Acoustic Consultant RCA Alex Rees Alexr@rca.com.au
The general responsibilities that apply in relation to this CNVMP are outlined below. PROJECT MANAGER
• Receive advice from Site Manager regarding environmental noise and vibration performance and report to the client.
• The Project Manager is also responsible for approving management plans and ensuring they are being followed
SITE MANAGER AND SITE SUPERVISOR
• Ensure CNVMP is made available to construction crew and that environmental noise and vibration expectations and mitigation measures are communicated to construction crew via toolbox talks and training.
• Coordinate the investigation of any noise/vibration complaints and report to the Project Manager.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
SITE ENGINEER
• Deliver toolbox talks and train project team on the requirements of the CNVMP.
• Engage specialist consultants where required to assist the project achieve the CNVMP objectives.
• Report any noise/vibration issues to the Site Manager.
CONSTRUCTION CREW
• Follow all relevant noise management controls and procedures to ensure their work does not generate excessive noise emissions.
• Forward any community complaints to the Site Manager
NOISE AND VIBRATION CONSULTANT
• Provide noise/vibration monitoring and advice to support the Project as required
6 CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION CRITERIA
6.1 CONSTRUCTION NOISE CRITERIA
Noise Management Levels (NML) have been adopted from the SLR report ref – 630.30188R01 and are presented in Table 6 The NML represents the point above which there may be some negative community reaction to construction noise. The High Noise Affected level represents the point above which strong adverse community reaction to noise can be expected.
Table 6 Noise management level for residential receivers
Receiver NML LAeq, 15min (standard hours)
Highly Noise Affected LAeq, 15min
Residential 53 dBA 75 dBA
6.2 OCCUPATIONAL NOISE EXPOSURE LIMITS
The NSW WHS Noise Regulation 2017 states that a person conducting a business or undertaking (PCBU) must ensure workers are not exposed to noise greater than:
• LAeq,8hour 85 dBA; and
• LCpeak 140 dBC.
Controls (including but not limited to be PPE such as hearing protection) must be put in place if workers are exposed to environments noisier than the limits above.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
6.3 CONSTRUCTION VIBRATION CRITERIA
The standard BS 7385 lays out criteria for assessing the likelihood of structural and cosmetic damage to buildings. As Australian guidelines do not exist, these are considered the best standards for assessing the vibration discussed in this report. These guidelines set limits on vibration (measured in peak particle velocity, or PPV) below which damage to structures is not likely to occur. They provide for increased levels of vibration as the wave frequency increases (measured as zero crossing frequency or the frequency of switching from one direction of motion to the other). This is because structures will generally have an increased response close to their natural frequency (frequency at which resonance and amplification occurs) which will typically be in the low (1 to 10Hz) range.
The assessment criteria from BS7385 are reproduced in Table 7.
Table 7 Vibration criteria for cosmetic damage, as stated in Table 1 of BS 7385-2
Line Type of Building
Peak Component Particle Velocity in frequency range of predominant pulse 4 Hz – 15 Hz 15 Hz and above
1 Reinforced or framed structures. Industrial and heavy commercial buildings. 50 mm/s at 4 Hz and above
2 Unreinforced or light framed structures. Residential or light commercial type buildings.
15 mm/s at 4 Hz, increasing to 20 mm/s at 15 Hz
Note 1: Values referred to are at the base of the building.
20 mm/s at 15 Hz increasing to 50 mm/s at 40 Hz and above
Note 2: For line 2, at frequencies below 4 Hz, a maximum displacement of 0.6 mm (zero to peak) should not be exceeded.
The structures under consideration for this report is a residential house, and so the criteria for Line 2 are relevant. This criterion is also graphed in Figure 1.
Transport for NSW provide nominated safe working distances to avoid cosmetic damage according to BS 7385 (the criteria discussed above). These safe working distances are reproduced in Table 10.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
Figure 1 Frequency dependent criteria graphed
7 REVIEW OF NOISE AND VIBRATION PERFORMANCE
Unattended vibration monitoring has been undertaken on the boundary shared by the nearest neighbours for the following major construction phases:
For any feedback or complaints, the neighbours have been referred to the official Newcastle Grammer School’s website. This is monitored by the Newcastle Grammer School itself who will report to Core Project Group immediately if any complaints related to the construction activities are received. No complaints have been received to date.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
Core Project Group inform the nearby community of upcoming construction activities with regular letterbox drops. This information includes the Newcastle Grammar School website to lodge any feedback or complaints.
Core Project have also identified an opportunity for improvement to provide a letterbox drop specific to noise and vibration. This would be disseminated at the beginning of a new major phase of construction if construction activities are likely to exceed the NML of LAeq,15 min 5 dBA A template is provided in Appendix B
9 NOISE AND VIBRATION MONITORING PLAN
Noise monitoring allows the project team to check assumptions made when predicting potential noise impacts and to check the effectiveness of mitigation measures currently in place. Core Project have developed the monitoring plan shown in Table 9 using a riskbased approach, with consideration to the fact that no formal complaints have been received.
Table 9 Noise and vibration monitoring plan
Frequency of monitoring Noise monitoring
Vibration monitoring
Start of new phase of construction No Yes
Upon receiving a complaint Yes Yes
10 MITIGATION MEASURES
The Hierarchy of controls approach will be considered when assessing and selecting mitigation measures. This approach states that mitigation must first be considered at the source (ie can we choose a quieter or lighter machine?) before considering the path (ie can we block the noise path with a barrier?) before considering the receiver (receiver treatments are not considered reasonable for a project of this size).
10.1 NOISE
The following standard mitigation measures will be adopted for the Project:
• A CNVMP (this document) will be prepared and implemented.
• Noise and vibration letterbox drops will be disseminated to the nearby neighbours outline upcoming works and potential noise and vibration impacts
• Use of quieter and less noise/vibration emitting construction methods where feasible and reasonable.
• Core Project Group will recommend any contractors brining plant to site, to use non beeper reverse alarms where practicable.
• Dedicated loading/unloading areas to be shielded if close to sensitive receivers if practicable. Loading/unloading and access point locations should be as far away from sensitive receivers as practicable.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
• Where practicable, reduce noise from mobile plant through additional fittings including residential grade mufflers and limit the use of engine compression brakes in a residential area.
• All employees, contractors and subcontractors are to receive an environmental induction. The induction must include at a minimum:
o Permissible hours of work.
o Any limitations on noise generating activities
o Construction team parking areas
o Designated loading/unloading areas and procedures.
o Site opening/closing times
o Environmental incident procedures
o Behavioural requirements i.e. no unnecessary shouting, stereos, dropping materials from height, revving plant and vehicle engines. Controlled release of compressed air.
• Any complaints received by the community or regulatory authorities will trigger an investigation in accordance with Core Project’s and Newcastle Grammar School’s Complaints Handling Protocol.
10.2 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION FOR HIGH NOISE GENERATING ACTIVITIES
A review of construction plant provided in Table 3 shows that the demolition saw is by far the loudest plant required for this project. Core Project will not use a demolition saw before 9 am and will not use it continuously for periods greater than 1 hour without at least 1 hour respite in between.
10.3 VIBRATION
The receivers to the construction site are in close proximity of the vibration intensive equipment used for major phases including excavation and vibratory rolling. Vibration intensive plant working within the safe working distances shown in Table 10, will require a risk assessment which will include adopting relevant vibration criteria for that structure and undertaking attended/unattended vibration monitoring before the start of any major construction stage. No Vibratory Rollers are to be used on site.
While this is not a Transport for NSW (TfNSW) project, TfNSW have published a useful table of recommended safe working distances for vibration intensive plant operating near residential dwellings. The nominated safe working distances shown below are to avoid cosmetic damage according to BS 7385 and human comfort impacts according to the EPA guideline, Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline.
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
Table 10 TfNSW safe working distances to avoid vibration impacts Plant
< 50 kN (typically 1 –2 tonnes)
100 kN (typically 2 – 4 tonnes)
200 kN (typically 4 – 6 tonnes)
300 kN (typically 7 – 13 tonnes)
300 kN (typically 7 – 13 tonnes)
> 300 kN (> 18 tonnes)
kg – 5 to 12t
kg – 18 to 34t
11 COMPLAINTS HANDLING AND INVESTIGATION
The community has been provided an email address to forward any complaints. This email address is monitored by Newcastle Grammar School
All noise and vibration complaints will be investigated, and an initial response provided to the complainant within 48 hours.
All complaints received from the community are recorded in the site Complaints Register. The Complaints Register documents the details of the complaint including the date, time, name and address of the complainant, in addition to the specific nature of the concern.
Core Project will then investigate the complaint, using the following checklist:
• Is the complaint regarding noise or vibration?
• Was this activity predicted to cause impacts?
o If yes – did the community receive a notification?
o If no – check the assumed working plant.
• If a vibration complaint: Identify the safe working distance (see Table 10) and conduct a compliance vibration assessment of the offending activity.
• Were the standard mitigation measures (Section 10) in place at the time of the complaint?
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
o If yes – what additional feasible and reasonable mitigation measures are available?
o If no – reinstate all standard mitigation measures.
• Undertake a follow up noise/vibration measurement to confirm all feasible and reasonable mitigation measures have been implemented and document the outcome.
• Respond to the complainant with an update on the outcome of the incident review.
• Include the complaint review in toolbox talk for construction team.
• Report outcome of the complaint review to the Proponent.
12 REGULAR CNVMP REVIEW
The effectiveness and appropriateness of the CNVMP will be reviewed and updated accordingly by the project team. The review will include:
• Review of any noise or vibration complaints.
• Current and planned site activities and site layout
• Identification of any long-term site environmental noise trends
Core Project Group
Newcastle Grammer School
127 Union Street, Cooks Hill 2300
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
RCA ref 17035-403.1, February 2024
Appendix A
Demolition and Proposed Site Plan
Dear resident,
Appendix B
Noise and Vibration Letter Template
You are receiving this project update because you are a nearby neighbour.
Core Project are undertaking demolition and construction activities as part of an expansion project at the Newcastle Grammar School. This project has received approval under a State Significant Development Application, and as such, required multiple assessment reports including a Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment.
The next major phase of works to begin are activity which is scheduled to occur between date and date. Typical plant and equipment required to undertake these works include:
• Excavator (note size)
• Roller
• Telehandler
• Posi Track
• Tipper Truck
• Demolition saw
Noise levels at the closest residential receivers during this work are anticipated to be within the range of (refer to table 3 or copy and past part of table 3). Core Project have prepared a Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan to assist us manage these noise levels as best as practicable. Some mitigation measures include:
• Community updates via letterbox drops such as this letter.
• The selection and use of quieter plant and equipment where practicable.
• Dedicate loading/unloading areas which are not on a boundary shared by a resident.
• Environmental noise and vibration training to project team via toolbox talks.
• Core Project will engage a consultant to measure vibration at the beginning of a new major construction phases which may generate vibration.
Vibration monitoring undertaken to date has shown that vibration levels would likely have been perceived by the closest neighbours but remained well below cosmetic damage guidance levels.
You can reach our project team via the following Newcastle Grammar School Project email address: Parkbuild@ngs.nsw.edu.au
Appendix C
CNVMP Summary for toolbox
Project contacts
CNVMP TOOLBOX SUMMARY
Permitted Construction Hours
Role Name Email Weekday Saturday Sunday or public holiday
Project Manager
Andrew Brinkworth Andrew.brinkworth@coreprojectgroup.com.au 0700 to 1800 0800 to 1300 No work
Site Manager Michael Nebauer Michael.nebauer@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Site Supervisor Mathew Oxford Mathew.oxford@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Site Engineer Joshua Smith Joshua.smith@coreprojectgroup.com.au
Senior Acoustic Consultant (RCA) Alex Rees Alexr@rca.com.au
Noise and Vibration requirements
POEO POEO Dictionary Offensive noise means noise –
a) That, by reason of its level, nature, character of quality, or the time at which it is made, or any other circumstancei. Is harmful to a person outside the premises, or ii. Interferes unreasonable with the comfort or repose of a person who is outside the premises
b) That is of a level, nature, character or quality prescribed by the regulations or that is made at a time, or in other circumstances, prescribed by the regulations.
BS 7385-2
Section 6.3 of this CNVMP
BS 7385 provides frequency dependent vibration limits to provide low risk of causing cosmetic damage to residential structures.
This CNVMP adopts a Peak Vector Sum trigger level of 10 mm/s when measured on the project site boundary to act as an early warning alert. Site contact will be sent a text message alert if this trigger is exceeded.
POEO Part 5.5, 139 Operation of Plant
The occupier of any premises who operates any plant at those premises in such a manner as to cause the emission of noise from those premises is guilty of an offence if the noise so caused, or any part of it, is caused by the occupier’s failurea) to maintain the plant in an efficient condition, or b) to operate the plant in a proper and efficient manner.
WHS Regulation 2017 Regulation Chapter 4 Part 4.1 Noise Sets noise exposure limits of: a) LAeq,8 hr 85 dBA; and b) LCpeak 140 dBC Interim Construction Noise Guideline (ICNG) (EPA, 2009)
Chapters 2 and 4 of the Guideline.
Section 6 of this CNVMP. The guideline sets standard construction hours and requires proponents to determine Noise Management Levels (NMLs). Feasible and reasonable noise mitigation measures must be considered where receive levels are predicted to exceed the NML.
The Project NML for standard hours is LAeq,15 min 53 dBA: The ICNG sets a Highly Noise Affected level of 75 dBA
NOISE AND VIBRATION MONITORING PLAN
Frequency of monitoring
Start of new phase of construction
Upon receiving a complaint
CNVMP TOOLBOX SUMMARY
Project noise mitigation measures (Section 10 of the CNVMP):
• A CNVMP has been prepared for this project.
• Toolbox talks and training will be provided to the construction team.
• All construction activities will occur within standard construction hours.
• The community will be kept informed via letterbox drops detailing future stages of work. An email address is provided for any community feedback.
• Noise levels have been predicted for individual plant and equipment (Table 3 of the CNVMP).
• Any receivers anticipated to be highly noise affected (above LAeq,15 min 75 dBA) will receive an individual notification of the works, the timing, and mitigation measures in place.
• A project monitoring plan states that noise or vibration monitoring will be conducted to investigate any complaints received. Additionally, vibration monitoring will be conducted at the beginning of each new major stage of works.
• Dedicated loading/unloading areas to be located off the shared boundary.
• All plant and equipment are to be maintained and operated in an efficient manner.
• Plant will be switched off when not in use.
• Materials will not be dropped from height when unloading.
• Please ensure you are always courteous if engaged by a member of the public, and direct and feedback to the school website: https://www.ngs.nsw.edu.au/park-campus
Construction Flood Emergency Response Plan – Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 1 Park Campus Plan: Core Project Group - Version 2 – 05/06/2024
Project Manager:
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 01 Park Campus
1.0 Flood Management
The Newcastle Grammar School Flood Emergency Response Plan is a critical procedure that outlines the necessary steps required to manage and mitigate flood risks at the Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus. The campus is in an area that is prone to flooding, primarily due to the capacity of the Cottage Creek stormwater channel being exceeded. The flood risk is further exacerbated by the urban and small catchment context of the local flood environment, which can result in rapid rise of flood waters, particularly in an extreme event. This can lead to inundation of the site and impact access to the site, posing significant safety risks to workers, and the infrastructure. The following strategy details the flood forecasts and warnings, and outlines Emergency Response Strategies.
1.1 Predicted Flood Levels
The flood-producing weather events most likely to impact the Newcastle Grammar School Construction site, are East Coast Lows (ECL). The primary flood risk for the site arises when the capacity of the Cottage Creek stormwater channel is surpassed. The design flood extents for the 10% Annual Exceedance Probability (AEP), 1% AEP, and Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) events have been modelled as part of the Stage 1 development flood impact assessment. These are detailed below, as per Torrent Consulting – Flood Emergency Response Plan: Torrent Consulting – R.T2030.002.06 September 2022.
§ At the 10% AEP flood event, the Cottage Creek flood level peaks at around 2.7 m AHD along the Parkway Avenue side of the Site and around 2.3 m AHD from the backwater flooding across Union Street.
§ At the 1% AEP flood event, the Cottage Creek flood level peaks at around 3.0 m AHD along the Parkway Avenue side of the Site and around 2.8 m AHD from the backwater flooding across Union Street.
§ At the PMF flood event, the peak flood level is around 4.8 m AHD throughout the Site.
1.2 Environmental Mitigation and Management Measures
Protecting a construction site from potential flooding is of paramount importance. Such proactive measures not only safeguard the investment and infrastructure but also ensure the safety of personnel and the surrounding community. Detailed below are specific strategies designed to mitigate flood risks at the construction site:
§ Weather Monitoring: Regular and vigilant monitoring is key. By leveraging the resources of the Bureau of Meteorology (BoM), the site will receive daily updates on weather forecasts and flood alerts. This timely information enables the team to take necessary precautions and stay ahead of any potential threats.
§ Emergency Response Training: Ensuring that personnel are adequately equipped to handle flood emergencies is critical. Key members, such as the Site Manager, Project Manager and Site Engineer undergo appropriate training regarding evacuation procedures. This not only encompasses theoretical understanding but also practical drills and exercises to simulate real-life flood situations.
§ Drainage System Maintenance: One of the pivotal components of flood management is the efficient functioning of the drainage systems. Any construction activity that might pose a risk to these systems must be meticulously planned. The intention is to execute construction work in a manner that retains, or even enhances, the existing hydraulic capacity of the drainage networks. This ensures that water can flow away from the site, minimising flood risks.
§ Pre-rainfall Readiness: Prior to any forecasted rainfall, a series of actions will be taken to bolster the site:
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Issue date: 05/06/2024
Uncontrolled when printed; ensure version number is current
Review date: 05/06/2025
Version: 2
Authorised by: Andrew Brinkworth Page 2 of 6
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 01 Park Campus
o Site Preparation: All potential obstructions, especially stockpiles, within flood-prone zones will be minimised or relocated. This ensures a clear pathway for water flow, reducing the chances of pooling or backflow.
o Relocation of Vulnerable Materials: Items that are particularly susceptible to water damage, such as waste containers, chemicals, and dangerous goods, will be promptly moved to elevated areas, away from flood-prone zones.
o Equipment Safety: A thorough survey will identify any plant and machinery that can be moved. Once identified, these will be promptly relocated to safer, higher ground.
o Erosion and Sediment Controls: Adhering to the Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (CSWMP), all erosion barriers and sediment controls will be inspected. Necessary repairs or enhancements will be done to ensure maximum protection against floodwaters.
As soon as the BoM issues a flood warning or if other indicators suggest an imminent flood risk, flood response operations will be set in motion to protect the site and its assets.
1.3 Site Evacuation Procedure – Flood
This procedure outlines the steps to be taken in the event of a potential flood risk at the construction site, specifically considering the flood patterns of the Cottage Creek stormwater channel.
Monitoring & Alert
Monitor the Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) warnings, which include:
§ Severe Weather Warnings
§ Severe Thunderstorm Warnings
§ Flood Watches
§ Flood Warnings
Flood Alert Modes
§ Amber Alert Mode: Issued after BoM warnings, indicating potential flooding within hours of operation.
§ Red Alert Mode: Triggered by a Flood Warning from the BoM, indicating imminent flooding of the site.
§ Green Alert Mode: Declared after flood waters have receded, indicating safe conditions.
Evacuation Procedure
§ Upon receiving a Red Alert Mode, the delegated site management team member will:
1. Sound one long blast of the air horn.
2. Retrieve the daily Pre-Start and Sign on Register from the site office.
3. Assist and direct all workers to a safe assembly area, as indicated on the Emergency Evacuation Plan.
4. Conduct a roll call of all workers present and attempt to reach anyone missing.
5. Contact the relevant authorities once it's safe.
6. Liaise with emergency services, informing them of unaccounted workers.
§ If, due to flood waters, primary assembly areas become unusable, an alternative location that's free from gas, smoke, or debris and located at a safe distance should be utilised. Workers will be redirected by the fire warden or Site Manager to this alternative area.
§ Given the unique nature of the flood risk, specifically the short duration and rapid onset of flood waters, full evacuation from the site may not always be feasible or safe. Instead:
1. Seek refuge at higher grounds away from flooded areas during rare, very rare, or extreme flood events.
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Issue date: 05/06/2024
Uncontrolled when printed; ensure version number is current
Review date: 05/06/2025
Version: 2
Authorised by: Andrew Brinkworth Page 3 of 6
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 01 Park Campus
2. Vacate the site only when it's safe, post the recession of flood waters.
§ Post-Evacuation Protocol
1. Workers should remain in the assembly area until a designated site management team member communicates that the emergency has concluded and it's safe to return.
2. Post flood, assess any damage and determine the safety of structures before allowing workers back on site.
1.4 Site Evacuation Procedure – Evacuation Route
1.5 Post-Flood Site Assessment and Return to Work Protocols
Safety assessments and resumption protocols following a flood are pivotal components in ensuring the wellbeing of personnel and the continuity of operations on a construction site. In the aftermath of such an occurrence, it's imperative to have a systematic and comprehensive approach to evaluate the extent of damage, address immediate threats, and determine the feasibility of resuming operations. These assessments and protocols not only prioritise safety but also facilitate a timely and organised recovery, ensuring that the project remains on-time.
Safety Assessment:
§ Safety Walk-Through: Core Project Group will coordinate a safety walkthrough after each flooding event to assess the site's condition.
§ Infrastructure Evaluation: Examine any flood damage to access roads and ongoing construction projects.
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Issue date: 05/06/2024
Uncontrolled when printed; ensure version number is current
Review date: 05/06/2025
Version: 2
Authorised by: Andrew Brinkworth Page 4 of 6
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 01 Park Campus
§ Water Recession: Determine if floodwaters have fully receded, ensuring the site is free from standing water.
§ Electrical Equipment Assessment: Any power boxes and electrical components affected by water must remain switched off. Only after a thorough assessment by a qualified electrician can they be reactivated.
Resumption Protocols - Once the site is declared safe:
§ Equipment & Debris Management: Relocate any equipment, materials, or debris displaced by floodwaters. Items damaged beyond repair will be disposed of following the Construction Waste and Resources Management Plan (CWRMP).
§ Erosion Control: Inspect stockpiles for signs of erosion or material loss. Reinstate erosion and sediment control devices as stipulated in the Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (CSWMP).
§ Structure Examination: Before entering or working on temporary on-site structures or partially constructed edifices, check them for any erosion or water-induced damage.
§ Water Treatment in Excavations: Determine if any water contained within excavations can be transferred to sediment basins or holding tanks for purification. Any water treatment or discharge should comply with testing and sampling protocols in the CSWMP.
1.6 Inspections and Monitoring
Inspection / Monitoring Frequency Responsibility
Review BoM forecast for heavy rainfall events and flood warnings for the Newcastle NSW. Daily
Weekly environmental Inspection. Weekly
Pre-flood inspection.
Minimise obstruction within flood prone areas, identify plant and equipment that can be moved to higher ground and to inspect/repair erosion and sediment controls in accordance with the CSWMP.
Review BoM website for Local Flood Alerts, Evacuation Warnings and Evacuation Orders.
Post-flood inspection.
Conduct safe walk throughout to determine whether it is safe to return to work.
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Prior to heavy rainfall
Site Manager, Site Supervisor, Site Engineer
Site Manager, Site Supervisor, Site Engineer, Systems Manager, Project Manager
Site Manager, Site Supervisor, Site Engineer
Following Flood event
Issue date: 05/06/2024
Uncontrolled when printed; ensure version number is current
Site Manager, Site Supervisor, Site Engineer
Review date: 05/06/2025
Version: 2
Authorised by: Andrew Brinkworth Page 5 of 6
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Newcastle Grammar School – Stage 01 Park Campus
Inspection / Monitoring Frequency Responsibility
Identification of erosions and sediment controls which require maintenance/repair in accordance with the CSWMP.
Review BoM website for All Clears for Flood Affected areas.
1.7 Review and Improvement
The Continuous Improvement of the Construction Flood Management Plan (CFMP) is paramount to ensure optimal environmental management. This iterative process revolves around regular assessments aligned with our environmental policies, objectives, and targets. The main goal is to pinpoint and capitalise on opportunities that enhance our environmental management strategy.
Key Steps in the Continuous Improvement Process:
§ Identification: Recognise potential areas where environmental management and performance can be enhanced.
§ Root Cause Analysis: Determine the underlying causes of any deviations or shortcomings in our practices.
§ Effectiveness Check: Once measures are in place, assess the efficacy of the corrective and preventative actions implemented.
§ Documentation: Ensure any modifications, born from the improvement process, are well-documented.
Construction Flood Emergency Plan
Issue date: 05/06/2024
Uncontrolled when printed; ensure version number is current
Review date: 05/06/2025
Version: 2
Authorised by: Andrew Brinkworth Page 6 of 6
Project Arborist Report: Newcastle Grammar School – Park Campus, Abacus Tree Services06/05/2024
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Address: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
It is recommended that Trees 1 – 25, 27 – 32 & 52 (32 in total) be removed immediately(beforecommencementofbuildingworks)byaqualifiedarborist (minimum certificate 2 in arboriculture). It is recommended that professional indemnity and public liability insurances be current and sighted before commencementofworksbegin. Thelevelofcoverhastobeoneinagreement betweenNewcastleGrammarSchoolandthearborist.
It is recommended that 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 (24 in total) be retained and incorporatedintothedevelopment.
5. International Society of Arboriculture Certified Arborist (2007)
6. QTRA Assessor – 2011 & 2013
2.1 Introduction
AbacusTree ServiceswascommissionedbyAAP CorporationPtyLimitedonbehalf of their client (Newcastle Grammar School) to assist in the preparation of an arborist report. Anassessmentwasmadeonfiftysix(56)treeslocatedwithintheconfinesof Newcastle Grammar School (Park Campus). There is in total fifty six (56) trees locatedatNewcastleGrammarSchool(ParkCampus)&surroundingnaturestripthat wereassessedaspertheapplicant’sinstructions.
The purpose of this report is to provide information and guidance to the applicant in relation to fifty six (56) trees only. The information in this report is to be used in correlation with other reports identified by Newcastle Council and will provide Newcastle Council/AAP Corporation Pty Ltd with a framework for determining the developmentapplication(D.A).
This report and its recommendations are based upon a physical site inspection undertakenonthe4June2021&16April2024.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
2.2 Aimsofthisreport/Procedure
Theaimofthisreportistoassessthehealthandconditionoffiftysix(56)trees(Trees 1 - 56). The condition of the trees was assessed from ground level using the VTA (Visual Tree Assessment) method as outlined by Mattheck & Breloer (1999). The followingcriteriawillbeassessedwithinthisreport–
An assessment of the dimensions (age, class, height and Diameter at Breast Height(D.B.H)
An assessment of the health and condition of the trees; An assessment of the UsefulLifeExpectancy(U.L.E)
Compilation of an appropriate report detailing the results of the above assessments
The(U.L.E)methodoftreeassessment,asoutlinedbyJeremyBarrell(1999)hasbeen adopted within this report. U.L.E categories give an indication of the useful life expectancy anticipated for the tree that has been adopted for this report. Several factors are considered in determining this rating such as species, location, age, condition and health of the tree. The five U.L.E categories are outlined in detail withinAppendix2.
3.0 Disclaimer
This assessment has been prepared for the exclusive use of the applicant (AAP Corporation Pty Limited on behalf of their client (Newcastle Grammar School), for the preparation of a development application submission. Information in this report relates to fifty six (56) trees (Trees 1 – 56) within the premises of Newcastle GrammarSchool(ParkCampus)onlyandshouldnotbeusedinconjunctionwithany otherproperty.
This assessment was carried out from the ground, and covers what was reasonably able to be assessed and available to the assessor at the time of the inspection. The assessorcarriedout noaerial inspections. Informationcontainedinthisreport covers onlythetreesthatwereexaminedandreflectstheconditionofthetreesatthetimeof the inspection; furthermore the inspection was limited to a visual examination of the subjecttreeswithoutdissection,excavation,probingorcoring. Treesarelivingthings and there condition will change over time. Therefore there is no guarantee that problemsordeficienciesofthesubjecttreemaynotariseinthefuture.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
3.2 SiteDescription
Trees1–56arelocatedwhollywithinNewcastleGrammarSchool(ParkCampus)& nature strip. The site is located in the municipality of Newcastle City Council. The species on site have been assessed against the requirements set out inNewcastle City Council’s Urban Forestry Technical Manual (NCCUFTM). The species on site have been assessed against the requirements set out in Newcastle City Council’s Local Environmental Plan (2012) pursuant to Section 5.9 & 5.9AA (repealed) & Development Control Plan (2012) & associated Technical Manual (Urban Forestry Technical Manual – UFTM). Abacus Tree Services has assessed Part A (Private Trees), Part B (Public Trees) & Part C (Native Vegetation). All information is assessedpertherequirementsassetoutwithinsection5.03TreeManagement. Ihave assessedthepropertyagainstSchedule5(EnvironmentalHeritage)withinNCCLEP.
The property is not listed in accordance with Part 1 (Heritage Items) and/or Part 2 (Heritage Conservation Area). The subject property has also been assessed against the SEPP Policy (Vegetation in Non-Rural-Areas) 2017. This property or council areaislistedasbeingwithinPart1(Section5)oftheSEPP(VegetationinNon-RuralAreas) 2017. All councils have items of local government and state heritage significance. These items are found in the NSW heritage website. The subject property has been assessed against the Heritage NSW database. In accordance with HeritageNSW listeditemstherearenolistings(ItemslistedbyLocal Government & State Agencies) for the subject property. Union Street is listed as being within a heritageconservationarea.Thisalsoincludesnotreesofheritagesignificanceforthe subjectproperty.
Thesiteisset on a flat blockwiththeimmediate area beingdominated byresidential houses. Thenearestmajorarterial roadisCityRoad. Trees1-56arelocatedwithin the subject property identified as Newcastle Grammar School (Park Campus). The treesarelocatedwithintheconfinesofNewcastleGrammarSchool(ParkCampus)& naturestripwithincloseproximitytothesubjectproperty&proposeddevelopment.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
4.1 Trees&ImpactonDevelopment
Treesarelivingorganismsandtheirrootsystemsplayanintegralroleinstabilityand providing nutrient storage as well as water uptake. The majority of tree roots for Dicotyledons occur within the first metre of the soil. Therefore construction works can have a profound effect on their health and longevity as well as their structural stability. Tree distances from excavation works must be taken into consideration at theplanningstagetoensurethatthetreeisnotdamaged.
There are several main factors that occur at the construction phase that can have a negative impact on the trees health and stability. These practices can include but are notlimitedto–
• Raising soil levels in and around the base of the tree therefore reducing the treesabilityforgaseousexchange.
• Damage to the tree due to heavy machinery and equipment resulting in large barktearsorlossofbranchesandscaffolds.
Toreducetheeffectsofconstructionitisimperativetoprovideanareaunderneaththe treewherenoworksareundertaken. Theareawheresupervisedworksareundertaken is referred to as the structural root zone (SRZ). The S.R.Z/T.P.Zis an area where no to minimal activities listed above should occur. All trees require an S.R.Z/T.P.Zand will vary from species to species but for the purposes of this report the Australian Standards4970hasnowbeenadopted.
In conclusion the Australian Standards like similar methods for protecting trees is onlyaguide. Toensurethehealthandlongevityoftreeswithinconstructionsitesitis imperative to provide a large protection zone taking into consideration that the tree willalsogrowovertime. Thegreaterareathatcanbeputasidewherenoworksoccur willaidinthepreservationofthetree. Theactivitieslistedaboveshouldbekepttoa minimum and encroachment within the SRZ/TPZ will require the supervision by a qualified AQF 5 arborist. These impacts will be taken into consideration in the discussion&recommendationssectionofthisreport
Abacus Tree Services has been approached by AAP Corporation Pty Limited on behalf of their client (Newcastle Grammar School) to undertake an arborist (assessment) report on trees that come under the requirements of Newcastle Council Urban Forestry Technical Manual (NCCUFTM) & trees that will be affected by the proposed development. There are fifty six (56) trees that have been assessed within the subject propertyidentified as Newcastle Grammar School (Park Campus). Trees 1 – 45, 52 & 56 (47 in total) are located within the grounds of Newcastle Grammar School. Theremainingtreesarelocatedonthenaturestrip. Trees46–51arelocated on the nature strip within Corlette Street. Trees 46 – 51 & 53 – 55 (9 in total) are locatedonthenaturealongParkwayAvenue. Theapplicant proposestoconstruct an additional building (Stage 1) including the refurbishment of Block B. The proposed developmentwillalsoincludeanewinternalroadtothenorthernendofthesite. The proposed development will be undertaken within the subject property identified as NewcastleGrammarSchool(CornerUnionStreet&ParkwayAvenue(Appendix1).
Abacus Tree Services has relied upon the sketch drawings provided by SHAC (Drawing number CC2 Stamped Architectural Plans) to formulate distances and setbacks in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 – 2009. I have relied upon this information to be true and accurate. Anychanges to the sketching and drawings will requirethecalculationstobereassessedinaccordancewithAustralianStandards 4970–2009.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
All trees require a S.R.Z and a T.P.Z with Australian Standards 4970- 2009 being usedasaguideline. Tree1hasbeengivenanSRZandTPZof2.49&5.16metresin accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Majority of the kiss and drop drivewaywillbelocated2metresfromthebackboundaryfence. Trees1–14areall thesamespeciesandwouldhavebeenplantedatthesametime. Tree1islocated1.5 metrestothenorthernboundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree 1 is located 0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 – 2009 indicates that the TPZ radius is taken from the centre of the trunk. This leaves a spatial separation of 0.76 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed drivewayand associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZhas been calculated at 40.66% that doesn’t comply with AS 4970 – 2009. In order to construct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 1. Tree 1 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworksonsite.
Tree 2 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.32 & 7.08 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 2 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree2islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.72 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat43.58%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree2. Tree2isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 3 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.94 & 3.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 3 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree3islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.64 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat36.52%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree3. Tree3isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 3 – showing the location of Trees 1 – 4 that are located near the northern boundaryofthesubjectproperty.
Tree 4 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.80 & 5.16 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 4 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree4islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.835 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat39.74%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree4. Tree4isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Tree 5 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.53 & 6.48 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 5 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree5islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.765 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculated at 42.5% that doesn’t complywith AS 4970 – 2009. In order to construct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree5. Tree5isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Tree 6 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.23 & 3.96 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 6 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree6islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.695 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat36.88%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree6. Tree6isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Tree 7 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.45 & 5.76 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 7 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree7islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.745 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat41.79%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree7. Tree7isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
6 7
Figure 4 – showing the location of Trees 5 – 7 that are planted uniformly along the northern boundary. Trees 1 – 14 are all in a mature phase of their life cycle. These treesarelocated1.5metrestothenorthernboundary. Theproposeddrivewaywillbe located0.5metrestothetrunk.
Tree 8 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.89 & 2.76 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 8 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree8islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.63 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculated at 35.6% that doesn’t complywith AS 4970 – 2009. In order to construct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree8. Tree8isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 9 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.15 & 4.32 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 9 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareall planteduniformlyinaline. Tree9islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.68 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat40.02%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree9. Tree9isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworkson site.
Tree 10 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.65 & 4.68 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 10 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree10islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.795 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat39.24%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 10. Tree 10 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworks onsite.
Tree 11 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.02 & 2.04 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 11 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree11islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.745 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat27.28%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 11. Tree 11 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworks onsite.
Tree 12 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.84 & 5.40 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 12 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree12islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.85 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat40.02%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 12. Tree 12 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworks onsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 13 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.38 & 5.16 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 13 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree13islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.73 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat41.02%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 13. Tree 13 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworks onsite.
Figure 5 – showing the location of Trees 12 – 14 along the back boundary fence. These trees were planted in a row to the northern boundary. Major pruning works wouldneedtobeundertakenupto40–45%toaccommodatetheproposeddriveway andcars. ThisamountofpruningworkswouldnotpassAS4373–2007.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 14 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.32 & 2.64 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 14 is located 1.5 metres to the northern boundaryfence.Thesetreesareallplanteduniformlyinaline. Tree14islocated0.5 metres from the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. AS 4970 –2009indicatesthattheTPZradiusistakenfromthecentreofthetrunk. Thisleavesa spatial separation of 0.715 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed driveway and associated excavation works. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculatedat32.97%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstruct the proposed driveway and associated excavation works will require the removal of Tree 14. Tree 14 is earmarked for removal before commencement of buildingworks onsite.
Trees 15 – 21 have been planted in two rows behind the existing administration building. Trees 15 – 21 have all been planted at the same time and are of the same age and species. All trees are identified as Lagerstroemia indica that is a non-native species. These trees are all in a mature phase of their life cycle. Tree 15 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. These are small trees and therefore have been given the smallest TPZ requirement in accordance with AS 4970 – 2009. Trees 15 – 21 therefore have a TPZ of 2 metres. Tree 15 is located inside the proposed building footprint. In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require theremoval ofTree15. Tree15islocated2.1metrestotheexistingdwelling. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is located within 3 metres of the wall of an existingprincipal buildingon the land where is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt due to the distance to the building and definition as applied in NCC UFTM. Trees 15 – 21 are all within 3 metres to the administration building. There is the potential that these species are exemptontheprovisothattheymeetallothercouncilrequirements.
Tree 16 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 16 is located inside the proposed building footprint. In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 16. Tree 16 is located 2.5 metres to the existing dwelling. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is located within 3 metres of the wall of an existingprincipal buildingon the land where is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt due to the distance to the building and definition as applied in NCC UFTM. Trees 15 – 21 are all within 3 metrestotheadministrationbuilding. ThereisthepotentialthatTree16isexempton theprovisothattheymeetallothercouncilrequirements.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 17 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 17 is located inside the proposed building footprint. In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 17. Tree 17 is located 2.5 metres to the existing dwelling. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is located within 3 metres of the wall of an existingprincipal buildingon the land where is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt due to the distance to the building and definition as applied in NCC UFTM. Trees 15 – 21 are all within 3 metrestotheadministrationbuilding. ThereisthepotentialthatTree17isexempton theprovisothattheymeetallothercouncilrequirements.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 6 – showing the location of Trees 15 – 21 behind the existing administration building.
Tree 18 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 18 is located inside the proposed building footprint. In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 18. Tree 18 is located 2.4 metres to the existing dwelling. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is located within 3 metres of the wall of an existingprincipal buildingon the land where is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt due to the distance to the building and definition as applied in NCC UFTM. Trees 15 – 21 are all within 3 metrestotheadministrationbuilding. ThereisthepotentialthatTree18isexempton theprovisothattheymeetallothercouncilrequirements.
Tree 19 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 19 is located 3.0 metres to the proposed building and associated excavation works. Tree 19 will be located outside of the proposed works. These trees will require removal to construct the proposed building and associated scaffolding required. Offset planting could readily be established to replace Tree 19. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is locatedwithin3metresofthewallofanexistingprincipalbuildingonthelandwhere is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt duetothedistancetothebuildinganddefinitionasappliedinNCC UFTM. Thereis the potential that Tree 19 is exempt on the proviso that they meet all other council requirements.
Tree 20 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 20 is located 4.4 metres to the proposed building and associated excavation works. Tree 20 will be located outside of the proposed works. These trees will require removal to construct the proposed building and associated scaffolding required. Offset planting could readily be established to replace Tree 20. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is locatedwithin3metresofthewallofanexistingprincipalbuildingonthelandwhere is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt duetothedistancetothebuildinganddefinitionasappliedinNCC UFTM. Thereis the potential that Tree 20 is exempt on the proviso that they meet all other council requirements.
Tree 21 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 21 is located 4 metres to the proposed building and associated excavation works. Tree 21 will be located outside of the proposed works. These trees will require removal to construct the proposed building and associated scaffolding required. Offset planting could readily be established to replace Tree 21. NCC UFTM (Section 3.3) indicates that a tree is exempt if it is locatedwithin3metresofthewallofanexistingprincipalbuildingonthelandwhere is situated or on adjacent privately owned land. This species is considered exempt duetothedistancetothebuildinganddefinitionasappliedinNCC UFTM. Thereis the potential that Tree 21 is exempt on the proviso that they meet all other council requirements.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 7 – Trees 15 – 21 are al located within 3metres of the existingadministration building. Tree 22 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.28 & 5.40 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 22 is located next to the proposed kiss and drop driveway. This species is located 0.4 metres to the northern boundary fence as showninFigure8. Thisleavesaspatialseparationof0.6metresfromthetrunktothe proposed driveway. AS 4970 – 2009 indicates that the TPZ radius is taken from the centreofthetrunk. Thisleavesaspatialseparationof0.805metresfromthecentreof the trunk to the proposed driveway. The overall loss of TPZ has been calculated at 40.54%thatdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. Inordertoconstructtheproposed driveway will require the removal of Tree 22. Tree 22 is earmarked for removal beforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure8–showingthelocationofTree22inrelationtotheproposeddriveway. The proposed driveway will remove majority of the SRZ on one side. This will lead to loss of structural integrityof the root plate. Tree 22 is earmarked for removal before commencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Tree 23 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.81 & 6.24 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 23 is located inside the proposed driveway. InordertoconstructtheproposeddrivewaywillrequiretheremovalofTree23.Tree 23isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Tree 24 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.64 & 7.20 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 24 is located inside the proposed driveway. InordertoconstructtheproposeddrivewaywillrequiretheremovalofTree24.Tree 24isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 25 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.46 & 5.88 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 25 is located next to the proposed kiss and drop driveway on the southern side. This species is located 1.1 metres to the proposeddrivewayand0.7metrestothewalkway. AS4970–2009indicatesthatthe TPZ radius is taken from the centre of the trunk. This leaves a spatial separation of 1.35metresfromthecentreofthetrunktotheproposeddriveway.Theoveralllossof TPZ has been calculated at 35.51% that doesn’t comply with AS 4970 – 2009. In ordertoconstructtheproposeddrivewaywillrequiretheremovalofTree25.Tree25 isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Tree 26 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.10 & 5.04 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 26 is located 4.1 metres to the proposed walkway&5.7metrestothedriveway. Thestartofexcavationworkswillcommence at 4.1 metres from the trunk. AS 4970 – 2009 indicates that the TPZ radius is taken from the centre of the trunk. Thisleaves a spatial separation of 4.27 metres from the centre of the trunk to the proposed walkway. This species could be retained and incorporated into the development. Conditions and recommendations in relation to thistreewillbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Figure 9 – showing the location of Trees 22 – 25 along the north eastern side of the schoolgrounds. Trees22–25willrequireremovalinordertoconstructtheproposed drivewayandassociatedfootpath.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure10–showingthelocationofTree26. Thisspecieswillonlyhaveaminorloss of TPZ that will comply with AS 4970 – 2009. This species can be retained and incorporatedintothedevelopment.
Tree 27 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.55 & 2.16 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 27 is located next to the existingbuildingas indicated in Figure 11. This is a Citrus species that has low landscape significance. This species is located outside of the scope of works however could be removed and replacedwithscreeningtreesfurthertotheeasternquadrant.Tree27isearmarkedfor removalbeforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Tree 28 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.83 & 2.70 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 28 is located next to the existingbuildingas indicatedinFigure11. Thisisacommonlyplantedspeciesthat canbehedged. This specieshaslowlandscapesignificance. Thisspeciesislocatedoutsideofthescopeof works however could be removed and replaced with screening trees further to the easternquadrant.Tree28isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuilding worksonsite.
Tree 29 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.28 & 5.04 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 29 is located inside the proposed development (stage 1). In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 29. Tree 29 is earmarked for removal before commencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Tree 30 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.13 & 4.56 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 30 is located inside the proposed development (stage 1). In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 30. Tree 30 is earmarked for removal before commencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 31 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.17 & 4.44 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 31 is located inside the proposed development (stage 1). In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Tree 31. Tree 31 is earmarked for removal before commencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Figure 12 – showing the location of Trees 29 - 31 that will be located inside the proposed building footprint. This species will require removal to construct the proposeddevelopment.
Tree 32 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.36 & 5.88 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 32 is located inside the proposed hardstand associatedwiththewalkway(stage1). Inorderforthedevelopmenttoproceedinits currentformatwillrequiretheremovalofTree32. Tree32isearmarkedforremoval beforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 13 – showing the location of Trees 31 & 32. Tree 31 will require removal to construct the proposed building and Tree 32 for the proposed walkway (hardstand area)
Tree 33 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.31 & 4.68 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 33 will be located on the edge of the proposedstairsassociatedwiththedevelopment. ThelossofTPZhasbeencalculated at50%.ThelossofTPZdoesn’tcomplywithAS4970–2009. ThelossofSRZwill leadtolossofstructuralintegrityoftheroot plate. Inordertoconstruct thestairsand development will require the removal of Tree 33. Tree 33 is earmarked for removal beforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure14–showingthelocationofTrees33–37.
Tree 34 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.18 & 4.44 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree34islocated6.1metrestotheproposedstairs andfurtheragaintotheproposeddevelopment. Thelineofthefloorplateabovewill be suspended and will have no adverse effect on the root plate or loss of TPZ. The proposedstairsanddevelopmentwillbelocatedoutsideoftheTPZ. Thisspeciescan be retained on the proviso that the existingsoil levels are maintained inside the TPZ. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 34 will be outlined in section 7 of thereport.
Tree 35 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.43 & 5.10 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree35islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree35will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 36 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.37 & 4.92 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree36islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree36will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 37 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.42 & 5.22 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree37islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree37will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 38 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.34 & 3.36 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree38islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree38will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 39 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.26 & 3.96 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree39islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree39will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 40 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.65 & 6.96 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree40islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree40will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 41 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 3.67 & 12.00 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree41islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree41will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 42 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.28 & 4.44 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree42islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexistingsoillevelsare maintainedinsidetheTPZ. ConditionsandrecommendationsrelatingtoTree42will beoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 43 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.58 & 6.48 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree43islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. Thiswillrequiretheexistingfootpathsandsoillevelstoberetainedfor a minimum of 5 metres from the trunk. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ. Conditions and recommendations relatingtoTree43willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 44 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 3.43 & 12.00 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree44islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. Thiswillrequiretheexistingfootpathsandsoillevelstoberetainedfor a minimum of 9 metres from the trunk. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ. Conditions and recommendations relatingtoTree44willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport. Figure16–showingthelocationofTrees44,45&56
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 45 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.20 & 3.84 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree45islocatedoutsideoftheproposedbuilding footprint. This species can be retained and incorporated into the proposed development. Thiswillrequiretheexistingfootpathsandsoillevelstoberetainedfor a minimum of 3 metres from the trunk. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ. Conditions and recommendations relatingtoTree45willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 46 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 3.03 8.64 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 46 is located on councils nature strip. Tree 46 is located on the nature strip on Corlette Street. This species has been topped due tothepowerlines. Thisspeciesshowssignsofgoodhealthandvigour. Therewillbe no change to the soil profile. This current layout and designs allow for the retention ofTree46. Nochangetotheexistingfootpathornaturestripwillallowtheretention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZwithin the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 46 willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Figure 17 – showing the location of Trees 47 & 48. These trees have smaller root plate due to the compaction and roadway. Retaining all areas outside of the subject propertywillenabletheretentionofthesetrees.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 47 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 3.74 & 12.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 47 is located on councils nature strip. Tree 47 is located on the nature strip on Corlette Street. This species has been topped due tothepowerlines. Thisspeciesshowssignsofgoodhealthandvigour. Therewillbe no change to the soil profile within the nature strip. This current layout and designs allow for the retention of Tree 47. No change to the existingfootpath or nature strip will allow the retention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendationsrelatingtoTree47willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Figure 18 – retaining the soil profile in the nature strip and footpath will allow the retention of these trees. This area is not mooted for redevelopment therefore all naturestriptreescanberetainedandincorporatedintothedevelopment.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 48 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.92 & 4.04 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 48 is located on councils nature strip. Tree 48 is located on the nature strip on Corlette Street. This species has been topped due tothepowerlines. Thisspeciesshowssignsofgoodhealthandvigour. Therewillbe no change to the soil profile within the nature strip. This current layout and designs allow for the retention of Tree 48. No change to the existingfootpath or nature strip will allow the retention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendationsrelatingtoTree48willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 49 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.08 & 3.72 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. There are three Tuckeroo’s near the corner between Corlette Street & Parkway Avenue. There will be no change to the soil profilewithinthenaturestrip. Thiscurrentlayoutanddesignsallowfortheretention ofTree49. Nochangetotheexistingfootpathornaturestripwillallowtheretention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZwithin the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 49 willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 50 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.88 & 2.64 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. There are three Tuckeroo’s near the corner betweenCorletteStreet&ParkwayAvenueasoutlinedinFigure20. Therewillbeno change to the soil profile within the nature strip. This current layout and designs allow for the retention of Tree 50. No change to the existingfootpath or nature strip will allow the retention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendationsrelatingtoTree50willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Tree 51 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.15 & 3.50 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. There are three Tuckeroo’s near the corner between Corlette Street & Parkway Avenue. There will be no change to the soil profilewithinthenaturestrip. Thiscurrentlayoutanddesignsallowfortheretention ofTree51. Nochangetotheexistingfootpathornaturestripwillallowtheretention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZwithin the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 51 willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Figure 20 - retaining the soil profile in the nature strip and footpath will allow the retention of these trees. This area is not mooted for redevelopment therefore all naturestriptreescanberetainedandincorporatedintothedevelopment.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 52 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 3.00 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree52islocatedupagainsttheexistingbuilding. This species is only young mature and would need to be removed regardless of the development. This is due to the proximity to the building and damage to the infrastructure. This species will require removal to complete the refurbishment of BlockB. Tree52isearmarkedforremovalbeforecommencementofbuildingworks onsite.
Figure 21 – Tree 52 is starting to touch the existing brickwork of Block B. This specieswillrequireremovaltoalleviatedamagetotheexistingbuilding
Tree 53 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.34 & 4.32 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. There are three Tuckeroo’s located on Parkway Avenue. There will be no change to the soil profile within the nature strip. These trees are located in small garden beds within girdled root plates. The parent drop off and pick up will not require excavation works and/or affect the TPZ. This current layout and designs allow for the retention of Tree 53. No change to the existing footpath or nature strip will allow the retention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 53 will be outlined in section 7 of thereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 54 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 1.50 & 2.00 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. Tree 54 is located in a small garden bed surrounded by asphalt. This is the same for Trees 53 & 55. The parent drop off and pick up zone will not require excavation works and/or affect the TPZ. This current layout and designs allow for the retention of Tree 54. No change to the existing footpath or nature strip will allow the retention of this species. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree 54 will be outlined in section 7 of thereport.
Tree 55 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.15 & 3.84 metres in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 - 2009. The parent drop off and pick up will not require excavationworksand/oraffecttheTPZ.Thiscurrentlayoutanddesignsallowforthe retentionofTree55. Nochangetotheexistingfootpathornaturestripwillallowthe retentionofthisspecies. Thisspeciescanberetainedontheprovisothattheexisting soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ within the confines of the footpath and all areas outside of the subject property. Conditions and recommendations relating to Tree55willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 56 has been given an SRZ and TPZ of 2.90 & 4.56 metres in accordance with AustralianStandards4970-2009. Tree56islocatedbesidetheproposedfootpathas outlinedinFigure16. Thisspeciescanberetainedandincorporatedintotheproposed development. Thiswillrequiretheexistingfootpathsandsoillevelstoberetainedfor a minimum of 4 metres from the trunk. This species is in good health and condition and earmarked for retention. This species can be retained on the proviso that the existing soil levels are maintained inside the TPZ. Conditions and recommendations relatingtoTree56willbeoutlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Figure 23 – showing the location of Trees 53 – 55 on the nature strip along Parkway Avenue. There are no works along the footpath in this section therefore they can be retained and incorporated into the development. The area in red is to left at existing soillevelsandnochangetotheTPZ.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
5.2 TreeRetentionValues
Tree retention and values are part of the process when evaluating trees within NCC. The significance and the assessment criteria are to be assessed within the 7 step criteria set out within Urban Forestry Technical Manual. Section 4.3 of the UFTM alsohighlightstheguidetocompensatoryplantingondevelopmentsites. Thissection alsolooksatthetotalareaofcrownprojectiontoberemovedandtheformulausedto determinethecanopyarea. Treesofmoderatetohighretentionvalueifearmarkedfor removal on private land will require compensatory replanting in accordance with Section4.1oftheUFTM.
Treeswithverylowtolowretentionvalueshavenotbeenconsideredforreplacement as this reflects the comments as outlined inSection 4.0 of the UFTM. Section 4.0 of the UFTM highlights that where it is not feasible to retain a tree of moderate or high value on private land, compensatory planting will be required. A guide to compensatory planting range for trees of moderate or high value is provided in accordancewithTable2oftheUFTM.
Tree retention and values are part of the process when evaluating trees within NCC. The significance and the assessment criteria are to be assessed within the 7 step criteria set out within Urban Forestry Technical Manual. Trees earmarked for removal include1–25, 27–33&52(33intotal).Trees15–21haveacanopyarea oflessthan40m2. Trees15–21thereforehave alandscapesignificance ratingof5. Trees 15 - 21 (7 in total) have a low retention value in accordance with the criteria assessedandmodelledwithinthematrix. Trees1–14,22–25&29-33(23intotal) have been given a moderate retention value in accordance with the criteria assessed andmodelledwithinthematrix. Thesitecanbeplantedalongthenorthernboundary and eastern boundaries. It is recommended to replace with small trees due to thesite constraints. It is recommended to replace the moderate retention value trees (23 in total) with smaller species to compensate for the loss of the twenty three trees with moderateretentionvalue. Thelandscapeplanwilloutlinetheappropriatespecies.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
6.0 Conclusions
Abacus Tree Services has been approached by AAP Corporation Pty Limited onbehalfoftheirclient(NewcastleGrammarSchool)toundertakeanarborist (assessment) report on trees that come under the requirements of Newcastle Council Urban Forestry Technical Manual (NCCUFTM) & trees that will be affectedbytheproposeddevelopment. Therearefiftysix(56)treesthathave been assessed within the subject property identified as Newcastle Grammar School (ParkCampus). Trees1– 45,52 &56 (47intotal)are located within the grounds of Newcastle Grammar School. The remaining trees are located on the nature strip. Trees 46 – 51 are located on the nature strip within Corlette Street. Trees 46 – 51 & 53 – 55 (9 in total) are located on the nature along Parkway Avenue. The applicant proposes to construct an additional building (Stage 1) including the refurbishment of Block B. The proposed development will also include a new internal road to the northern end of the site. The proposed development will be undertaken within the subject property identified as Newcastle Grammar School (Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue (Appendix 1). Trees 1 - 56 have been assessed in accordancewithAustralianStandards4970–2009.
Trees1–45,52&56(47intotal)arelocatedwithinthegroundsofNewcastle Grammar School. The site is located in the municipality of Newcastle City Council. The species on site have been assessed against the requirements set out inNewcastleCityCouncil’sTreePreservationOrder. The species on site have been assessed against the requirements set out in Newcastle City Council’s Local Environmental Plan (2012) pursuant to Section 5.9 & 5.9AA (repealed) & Development Control Plan (2012) & associated Technical Manual (Urban Forestry Technical Manual – UFTM). Abacus Tree Services has assessed Part A (Private Trees), Part B (Public Trees) & Part C (Native Vegetation). Allinformationisassessedpertherequirementsassetoutwithin section5.03TreeManagement. IhaveassessedthepropertyagainstSchedule 5 (Environmental Heritage) within NCC LEP. The property is not listed in accordance with Part 1 (Heritage Items) with Union Street being listed as being within a heritage conservation area - Part 2 (Heritage Conservation Area).
Thesubject propertyidentifiedasNewcastleGrammarSchool (ParkCampus) is not located in a Rural Fire Service (RFS) 10:50 area. Therefore all trees have been assessed in accordance with council requirements with no exemptionsunderRFS 10:50legislation. Thesearchwasundertakenonthe1 July2021. RulesandregulationsinrelationtotheRFS10:50canchangeand it is therefore up to the applicant to ensure they comply with the 10:50 code andanyupdatesthatmayoccur.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Protection fencing for this site would be impractical as this would severely reduce the area where the children could play. No works are scheduled near the street trees. I have not allocated protection fencing for the street trees. Protection fencing for Trees 34 – 43 has been earmarked for the site. Protection fencing would be impractical for Trees 44, 45 & 56 as the fencing would block a major pedestrian thoroughfare. No protection fencing is to be erected for Trees 44, 45 & 56. Trees 26 & 34 - 43 will require retention in accordance with Australian Standards 4970 – 2009. Protection fencing has also been considered in accordance with the UFTM (Part A – Section 4.5 & Section7.0).
Trees26,34–51&53-56havethepotentialforfuturegrowthandtherefore the canopy and root plate have the potential for future growth. All measures have been taken to minimise damage to the proposed buildings and hardstand areashoweverfuturegrowthhasthepotentialtocausedamagetotheproposed buildingsand/orhardstandareas.
The applicant has therefore assessed all trees within 5 metres of the proposed development. This includes all trees on neighbouring properties within 5 metres of the proposed development. The applicant has assessed all trees necessary for the development to meet the requirements of NCC UFTM & AustralianStandards4970–2009.
In order for the development to proceed in its current format will require the removal of Trees 1 – 25, 27 – 32 & 52 (32 in total). This includes all trees inside the proposed development, hardstand areas and those that do not pass the requirements of AS 4970 – 2009. Trees that can be retained and incorporated into the development include Trees 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 (24 in total). Conditions and recommendations in relation to retained trees will be outlinedinsection7ofthereport.
Trees1–14willrequireremovalastheyareseverelyaffectedbytheproposed kissanddropdriveway. Trees1– 14will have majorityoftheSRZremoved on the southern side of the root plate. The loss of TPZ associated with these trees do no pass AS 4970 – 2009. An acceptable limit is around the 10% or lesswithmajorityofthesetreesbeinginthe35– 40% Trees1–14 all have major incursions into the SRZ. The SRZ is an area that is used for structural integrity of the root plate. Due to the growing habits of these trees would require major pruning works to accommodate the driveway. The pruning worksinsomecaseswouldbe50–60%. Majorityofthepruningworksarein the vicinity of 40 – 45% that is required to accommodate the proposed driveway. The pruning works that would be required do not pass AS 4373 –2007.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Trees 15 – 21 are all located within 3 metres to the existing administration building(Figures6&7). Thesespecieshavethepotentialtobeexemptdueto being within 3 metres to an approved structure on the proviso that they meet all other council requirements. Trees 15 – 18 are located inside the proposed development (Stage 1). The remaining trees are within 4 metres to the dwellingandcouldbereadilyreplacedwithnativelandscapingtrees.
Trees 22 – 24 will be located inside the proposed driveway along the eastern end. Tree25willbelocatedneartheedgeoftheproposeddriveway. Theloss of TPZ associated with Tree 25 doesn’t pass AS 4970 – 2009. The loss of TPZassociated with Tree 26 does pass AS 4970 – 2009. This species can be retainedandincorporatedintothedevelopment.
Trees 29 – 33 require removal to accommodate the proposed development (stage 1) and the pathway (Tree 32). All remaining trees in the existing playground (Trees 34 – 45 & 56) can be retained and incorporated into the development.
No works are mooted for the nature strip areas therefore all trees along Corlette and Parkway Avenue can remain (Trees 46 – 51 & 53 - 55). These species will require no works to occur on the nature strip or existing asphalt. This will also require the retention of the existing grass area up to the boundary within the nature strip. This includes no earthworks as shown in Figures18&20.
Tree52hasbeenidentifiedasaPhoenixcanariensisthatisingoodhealthand condition. This species is growing up against the wall as shown in Figure 21. There is the strong potential that this species will damage the building as it continues to grow via the trunk and root plate. Tree 52 is earmarked for removalbeforecommencementofbuildingworksonsite.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
7.0 Recommendations
It isrecommendedthat AAP CorporationPtyLimitedonbehalfoftheirclient (Newcastle Grammar School) embark on a management program for fifty six (56) trees (Trees 1 – 56) before commencement of the proposed building/constructionsworksasfollows:
It is recommended that Trees 1 – 25, 27 – 32 & 52 (32 in total) be removed immediately(beforecommencementofbuildingworks)byaqualifiedarborist (minimum certificate 2 in arboriculture). It is recommended that professional indemnity and public liability insurances be current and sighted before commencementofworksbegin. Thelevelofcoverhastobeoneinagreement betweenNewcastleGrammarSchoolandthearborist.
It is recommended that 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 (24 in total) be retained and incorporated into the development. It is recommended that no changes in the soil profile occur from the trunk to the proposed driveway within the TPZ (Tree 26). It is recommended that no soil changes occur within the TPZ of Trees34–45&56exceptfortheproposeddevelopment. Ifthegrassistobe replaced than this is to be done by non-mechanised methods inside the TPZ (Trees 34 – 45 & 56). Replacement grass is to be placed bynon-mechanised methodsinsidetheTPZofTrees34–45&56.
Removing anysections of concrete inside the TPZ of Trees 42, 45 & 56 is to be undertaken by non-mechanised methods. Retention of the existing paths withintheTPZofTrees44,45&56isthepreferredoptionofthearborist.
Trees 46 – 51 & 53 – 55 are to be protected by providing an area where no works occur. This includes retaining the existing footpath and grass areas as highlightedinFigures18&20.
It is recommended that all debris and waste on site that is located within the TPZofretainedtrees(26,33–51&53–56)beremovedbynon-mechanised methods being wheel barrow and shovel and/or similar method. All other areasoutsideoftheTPZcouldbeutilisedwithmachinery.
It is recommended that protection measures be put in place that aid in the preservation of Trees 26 & 34 - 43 (11 in total). It is recommended that 1.8 metre inter locking chain wire fencing be installed before commencement of building works on site as indicated in Figure 24. Protection fencing is to be installed a minimum of five metres on all sides. The boundary fencing is to extendtothepracticallimitsonthewesternsidepastTree34ashighlightedin Figure 25. Protection fencing is to be installed before commencement of all civil/building works and remain in place until the release of the occupation certificate.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
It is recommended that all civil contractors that enter the site are made aware of the importance of preserving Trees 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 and understand thetreeprotectionmeasuresthatareputinplacetopreserveTrees26,33–51 &53-56.
All stockpile sites to be maintained a minimum 9 metres awayfrom the trunk of Trees 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 and all other trees that come under the requirementsofNCCUFTM.
It isrecommendedthat all parkingofvehicles andplacement ofmachinerybe kept a minimum of 5 metres from Trees 26, 33 – 51 & 53 - 56 during constructionworks.
This report is not for publication to the internet and submission of this report in the submission phase set out by Council is to be taken down upon completionofthedevelopmentapplication.
Failure Potential Identifies the most likely failure and rates the likelihood that the structural defects will result infailurewithintheinspectionperiod.
1- Low – Defects are minor (eg dieback of twigs, small wounds with good wound development)
2–Medium–Defectsarepresent andobvious egg Cavity encompassing 10-25% of the circumferenceofthetrunk)
3 High- Numerous and/or significant defects present (eg cavity encompassing 30-50% of the circumference of the trunk, major bark inclusions)
Failurepotential+sizeofpart+targetrating Add each of the above sections for a fifty two outof12
The final fifty two identifies the degree of risk. The next step is to determine a management strategy. A rating in this column does not condemn a tree but may indicate the need for more investigation and a risk management strategy.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
APPENDIX4
TreePruningSpecification
Abacus Tree Services has been approached byCore Project Group Pty Ltd on behalf of their client (Newcastle Grammar School) to assess Tree 34. This includes determining the amount of pruning works that will be required to undertake the construction of Stair03 of the Union Street building envelope and the associated proposed scaffolding. The Stair03 of the Union Street building envelope and the associated proposed scaffolding will require pruning works to be undertaken to Tree 34. AbacusTreeServiceswilldiscussthepruningworksthatisrequiredforTree34. This will be set out in Figures 2 - 4. This report will also ascertain the amount of pruningworksthatisrequiredforTree34includingtheassessmentagainstAustralian Standards 4373 – 2007. The pruning works will also be assessed against Newcastle CityCouncilUrbanForestryTechnicalManual(NCCUFTM).
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Tree 34 requires multiple pruning works in order to establish and maintain the proposedhoarding. Thepruningworksarealsorequiredtomaintainabufferbetween the canopy and the proposed development. The north and north western quadrants overhang into the proposed scaffolding. This also includes a section of the south western quadrant. There is an estimated 2 to 2.5 metres of overhanging canopy that will require pruning works. The pruning works include two key areas that are made upof1st orderbranches. Theareaofthehoardingisoutlinedinred.
Figure 1 – showing the location of Tree 34. The three metre wide scaffolding will extendandwraparoundthebuildingasoutlinedinred.
Thereisanestimated2to2.5metresofcanopythatrequirespruningtothenorthand north western side of the tree as highlighted in Figure 2. There are three main 1st orderbranchesthatsitnearthefencelineashighlightedinFigure3. Thetwooutside leadersrequirepruningbacktothecollarpoint. Themiddleleadercanberetainedas majorityof the canopy extends verticallyand away from the building. Retaining the middle leader will also enable a more balanced canopy and retention of one of the leaders to the north western quadrant. The amount of pruning works required in the northtonorthwesternsectionisestimatedat20-25%oftheoverallcanopy.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 3 – The two outside leaders are to be removed back to the collar point as shownbythehashed line. Thebranches tobe removedarenumbered as 1& 3. The 1st order branch to remain is highlighted and numbered as 2. This will include pruninginaccordancewithAS4373–2007(Section7.2.4)
The middle leader (number 2) is to remain intact as shown in Figure 3. This will include retaining the 1st order branch. There is the potential that one third order branchmayrequirepruningworksasindicatedinFigure4. Ifrequiredtoberemoved this branch is to be taken back to the collar point as shown in Figure 4 and the remainingsectionsofthebranchtoberetained. 1 2 3
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
Figure 4 – showing the small third order branch that may require pruning works to allow the scaffolding to be erected. This includes the branch as highlighted in red. Allremainingorderbranchesaretoremainwithinthemiddleleader.
The south western side of the canopy will require one 1st order branch to be pruned. Thisincludesremovingthebranchbacktothecollarpoint. Thebranchtoberemoved is highlighted in Figure 5. The total pruning works as outlined will include a reductionincanopyby30–35%.
Project: Corner Union Street & Parkway Avenue, Cooks Hill N.S.W 2300
Client: Newcastle Grammar School
Date: 6May2024
It is recommended that the specific branches be removed back to the collar point as highlighted in Figures 3 – 5. No other pruningworks are to occur to the tree without consultation from a qualified AQF 5 arborist. The pruning works to be undertaken are to be carried out by a qualified AQF 2 arborist (minimum). All pruning works are to be taken back to the collar point in accordancewithAS4373–2007.
All pruning works comply with NCC UFTM (Section 2.3). This includes Section2.3(Points1–6).
